Prepared by: Nathaniel M.

Cabansay, BSCpE

DERIVATIVES
COMPLETE SET OF MODULES
Prerequisite: Limits (Module 4 at least)

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay

BSCpE-1 (1st Year BS Computer Engineering)

Cebu Institute of Technology – University

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

LICENSING

NON-COMMERCIAL

This set of modules is not for sale and is freely distributed. It is also used for educational purposes only.

LICENSING

This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 4.0 International
License. To view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction to Derivatives .................................................................................................................................... 1
Module 1 Review on Limits and Derivatives Using First Principles .................................................................................... 1
Review on Limit Rules ............................................................................................................................................................. 1
Secant Approaching Tangent.................................................................................................................................................. 2
Derivatives Using First Principles .......................................................................................................................................... 3
Differentiability Implies Continuity ....................................................................................................................................... 4
Module 2 Tangent and Normal Lines........................................................................................................................................ 5
Tangent Lines............................................................................................................................................................................. 5
Normal Lines ............................................................................................................................................................................. 5
Finding Tangent and Normal Lines ....................................................................................................................................... 5
Chapter 2 Derivative Rules ........................................................................................................................................................ 9
Module 3 Basic Derivative Rules ................................................................................................................................................ 9
Why Derivative Rules?............................................................................................................................................................. 9
Basic Derivative Rules .............................................................................................................................................................. 9
Deriving Basic Derivative Rules ............................................................................................................................................. 9
Examples of Using Derivative Rules ................................................................................................................................... 17
When The Derivative Does Not Exist .............................................................................................................................. 19
Module 4 Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions .............................................................................................................. 20
Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions ............................................................................................................................ 20
Deriving Rules for the Derivatives of Trigonometric Functions .................................................................................. 20
Examples of Using Derivatives for Trigonometric Functions........................................................................................ 23
Module 5 Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions..................................................................................... 25
Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions................................................................................................... 25
Deriving Rules for the Derivatives of Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ......................................................... 25
Examples of Using Derivative Rules for Exponential and Logarithmic Functions ..................................................... 28
Module 6 Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions................................................................................................ 31
Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions.............................................................................................................. 31
Deriving Rules for the Derivatives of Inverse Trigonometric Functions .................................................................... 31
Examples of Using Derivative Rules for Inverse Trigonometric Functions ................................................................ 38
Module 7 Derivatives of Hyperbolic Functions .................................................................................................................... 40
Derivatives of Hyperbolic Functions .................................................................................................................................. 40
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Deriving Rules for the Derivatives of Hyperbolic Functions ......................................................................................... 40

Examples of Using Derivatives for Hyperbolic Functions .............................................................................................. 46
Module 8 Derivatives of Inverse Hyperbolic Functions ...................................................................................................... 47
Derivatives of Inverse Hyperbolic Functions .................................................................................................................... 47
Deriving Rules for the Derivatives of Inverse Hyperbolic Functions .......................................................................... 47
Word of Advice on These Functions ................................................................................................................................. 61
Examples of Using Derivative Rules for Inverse Hyperbolic Functions ...................................................................... 62
Chapter 3 Applications of Derivatives ................................................................................................................................... 63
Module 9 Maxima and Minima .................................................................................................................................................. 63
Definition of Maxima and Minima ....................................................................................................................................... 63
Types of Extrema.................................................................................................................................................................... 63
Determining Maxima and Minima of Functions ................................................................................................................ 63
Module 10 Mean Value Theorem and Rolle’s Theorem ..................................................................................................... 66
What is the Mean Value Theorem and Rolle’s Theorem? ............................................................................................. 66
Using Mean Value Theorem ................................................................................................................................................. 66
Using Rolle’s Theorem .......................................................................................................................................................... 67
What We Can Prove using The Mean Value Theorem ................................................................................................. 68
Module 11 Higher Order Derivatives ..................................................................................................................................... 69
What are Higher Order Derivatives? ................................................................................................................................. 69
Example of Getting Higher Order Derivatives ................................................................................................................ 69
Module 12 Optimization Problems ......................................................................................................................................... 70
Introduction to Optimization Problems ............................................................................................................................ 70
Examples of Optimization Problems .................................................................................................................................. 70
Module 13 Implicit Differentiation .......................................................................................................................................... 86
The Chain Rule Revisited ...................................................................................................................................................... 86
Examples of Implicit Differentiation ................................................................................................................................... 86
Module 14 Logarithmic Differentiation .................................................................................................................................. 88
Another Application of Implicit Differentiation ............................................................................................................... 88
Two Very Useful Examples of Logarithmic Differentiaton ............................................................................................ 88
Other Examples of Logarithmic Differentiation............................................................................................................... 89
Module 15 Related Rates Problems ........................................................................................................................................ 90
Introduction to Related Rates Problems ........................................................................................................................... 90
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Examples of Related Rates Problems ................................................................................................................................. 90

Module 16 L’Hôpital’s Rule ..................................................................................................................................................... 100
What is L’Hôpital’s Rule? .................................................................................................................................................... 100
Examples of Using L’Hôpital’s Rule using the First Two Indeterminate Forms ...................................................... 100
Dealing with Five Other Indeterminate Forms .............................................................................................................. 101
Examples Using Other Indeterminate Forms ................................................................................................................. 101
Module 17 Linear Approximations ........................................................................................................................................ 104
Revisiting Tangent Lines ...................................................................................................................................................... 104
Examples of Linear Approximations ................................................................................................................................. 104
Module 18 Newton’s Method ................................................................................................................................................ 106
What Is Newton’s Method? ............................................................................................................................................... 106
Examples of Applying Newton’s Method ........................................................................................................................ 106
References ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 109
Extras................................................................................................................................................................................................ 111
About This Set of Modules ..................................................................................................................................................... 111
Some Quotes to Live By.......................................................................................................................................................... 111
Non-Commercial .............................................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
Licensing .............................................................................................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION TO DERIVATIVES

MODULE 1 REVIEW ON LIMITS AND DERIVATIVES USING FIRST PRINCIPLES

REVIEW ON LIMIT RULES

Here are the limit rules we’ve previously studied:

Basic Rules (all found in Module 1 of Limits)

1. lim 𝑐𝑐 = 𝑐𝑐 (Limit of a Constant)

𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
2. lim 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎 (Identity Limit)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
3. lim 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑐𝑐 lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) (Constant Multiple Rule)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
4. lim [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) (Limit of a Sum/Difference)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
5. lim [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ⋅ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ⋅ lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) (Limit of a Product)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
6. lim � �= (Limit of a Quotient)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎

𝑛𝑛 𝑚𝑚
𝑛𝑛
7. lim �[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)]𝑚𝑚 = ��lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� (Limit of a Power or Radical/Root)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
𝑛𝑛
a. lim [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)]𝑛𝑛 = �lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� (Limit of a Power)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
𝑛𝑛 𝑛𝑛
b. lim �𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = � lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) (Limit of a Radical/Root)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎

8. If 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is continuous at 𝑎𝑎, then lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎). (Substitution Theorem)

𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎

9. If 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� is continuous at lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑀𝑀, then lim 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = 𝑓𝑓 �lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑀𝑀). (Limit
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑀𝑀
of a Composition of Two Functions)
10. If 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ≤ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ≤ ℎ(𝑥𝑥) and lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = lim ℎ(𝑥𝑥), then lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = lim ℎ(𝑥𝑥). (Squeeze
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
Theorem)

Limits to Infinity (all found in Module 3 of Limits)

1
1. lim =0
𝑥𝑥→±∞ 𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛
2. If 𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥) is a polynomial function, 𝑎𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛 + 𝑎𝑎𝑛𝑛−1 𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛−1 + ⋯ + 𝑎𝑎1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑎𝑎0 , then lim 𝑝𝑝(𝑥𝑥) = lim 𝑎𝑎𝑛𝑛 𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛
𝑥𝑥→±∞ 𝑥𝑥→±∞

Special Rules (found in Modules 4 and 5 of Limits)

sin 𝑥𝑥
1. lim =1
𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥
1−cos 𝑥𝑥
2. lim =0
𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥
𝑟𝑟 𝑛𝑛𝑛𝑛
3. lim �1 + � = e𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑛𝑛→±∞ 𝑛𝑛
𝑡𝑡
4. lim(1 + 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟)𝑥𝑥 = e𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑥𝑥→0
𝑎𝑎𝑥𝑥 −1
5. lim = ln 𝑎𝑎
𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥
e𝑥𝑥 −1
6. lim =1
𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

sinh 𝑥𝑥
7. lim =1
𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥
1−cosh 𝑥𝑥
8. lim =0
𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥

SECANT APPROACHING TANGENT

⃖����⃗ be a line through two points 𝐴𝐴�𝑎𝑎, 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎)� and 𝐵𝐵�𝑏𝑏, 𝑓𝑓(𝑏𝑏)� of that function, where
Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) be a function x and 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
⃖����⃗ is calculated:
𝑏𝑏 > 𝑎𝑎. The slope 𝑚𝑚 of line 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴

𝑦𝑦2 − 𝑦𝑦1
𝑚𝑚 =
𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1

Then let: 𝑥𝑥1 = 𝑎𝑎, and 𝑥𝑥2 = 𝑏𝑏. Now 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥), so let 𝑦𝑦1 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎) and 𝑦𝑦2 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑏𝑏)

𝑓𝑓(𝑏𝑏) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎)
𝑚𝑚 =
𝑏𝑏 − 𝑎𝑎

This line cuts through two points of the function, and is called a secant line. We want to find the line 𝑙𝑙 tangent to
point 𝐴𝐴 of the function. However, there is a need for a second point 𝐵𝐵 on the curve to define the line. We can,
however, let 𝐵𝐵 get closer and closer to point 𝐴𝐴. This means that if the value of 𝑏𝑏 gets closer to 𝑎𝑎, the slope of line
⃖����⃗ will then approach the slope of the line 𝑙𝑙 tangent to the point 𝐴𝐴. We can do this by using limits, that is, getting
𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴
the limit of both sides as 𝑏𝑏 approaches 𝑎𝑎.

𝑓𝑓(𝑏𝑏) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎)
lim 𝑚𝑚 = lim
𝑏𝑏→𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏→𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏 − 𝑎𝑎

Now, redefine 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑏𝑏 = (𝑥𝑥 + ℎ). This sets ℎ = 𝑏𝑏 − 𝑎𝑎 and as 𝑏𝑏 approaches 𝑎𝑎, ℎ approaches 0.

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
lim 𝑚𝑚 = lim
ℎ→0 ℎ→0 ℎ

This limit is so commonly used and so important this is given a name. It is called a derivative, and is defined as the
slope of a secant line approaching tangent line:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑏𝑏) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎)

= lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑏𝑏→𝑎𝑎 𝑏𝑏 − 𝑎𝑎

Or as the slope of a tangent line, it is defined as:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)

= lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ

In using the above definition of derivatives, you are getting the derivative using first principles.

A derivative can be written in various ways:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ′ ′ 𝑑𝑑
, 𝑦𝑦 , 𝑓𝑓 (𝑥𝑥), 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥), 𝐷𝐷𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦, 𝐷𝐷𝑥𝑥 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

The first and fourth ones on the list above are known as the Leibniz notation, the second and third are Lagrange
notation, and the last two on the list are known as the Euler notation. Derivatives using first principles will be used
to derive shortcuts called differentiation rules in Modules 3 to 8.

DERIVATIVES USING FIRST PRINCIPLES

Use first principles to get the derivative of

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑥 + 3

No. STATEMENT REASON

2
1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 − 4𝑥𝑥 + 3 Given
′ (𝑥𝑥)
𝑓𝑓
2 [(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)2 − 4(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) + 3] − [𝑥𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑥 + 3] Using first principles
= lim
ℎ→0 ℎ
′ (𝑥𝑥)
𝑓𝑓
𝑥𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑥 + ℎ2 − 4𝑥𝑥 − 4ℎ + 3 − 𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 − 3 Square (𝑥𝑥 + ℎ), multiply (𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) by -4, and multiply
3 = lim
ℎ→0 ℎ [𝑥𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑥 + 3] by -1.
2ℎ𝑥𝑥 + ℎ2 − 4ℎ
4 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = lim Subtract 𝑥𝑥 2 from 𝑥𝑥 2 , 4𝑥𝑥 from 4𝑥𝑥 and 3 from 3.
ℎ→0 ℎ
ℎ(2𝑥𝑥 + ℎ − 4)
5 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = lim = lim (2𝑥𝑥 + ℎ − 4) Factor h from the numerator, then divide h by h
ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0

𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 2𝑥𝑥 − 4 Substitute h with 0, the resulting function is now the

6
∎ derivative
Use first principles to get the derivative of:

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 3 + 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 6

No. STATEMENT REASON

3 2
1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 6 Given
3 2 3 2
[(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) + 2(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) + 5(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) + 6] − [𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 6]
2 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = lim Using first principles
ℎ→0 ℎ
′ (𝑥𝑥)
𝑓𝑓
[𝑥𝑥 3 + 3ℎ𝑥𝑥 2 + 3ℎ2 𝑥𝑥 + ℎ3 + 2(𝑥𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑥 + ℎ2 ) + 5(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) + 6] − [𝑥𝑥 3 + 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 6] Cube (𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) and square (𝑥𝑥 +
3 = lim
ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ)

𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) Multiply (𝑥𝑥 2 + 2ℎ𝑥𝑥 + ℎ2 ) by

𝑥𝑥 3 + 3ℎ𝑥𝑥 2 + 3ℎ2 𝑥𝑥 + ℎ3 + 2𝑥𝑥 2 + 4ℎ𝑥𝑥 + 2ℎ2 + 5𝑥𝑥 + 5ℎ + 6 − 𝑥𝑥 3 − 2𝑥𝑥 2 − 5𝑥𝑥 − 6
3 = lim 2, multiply (𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) by -4, and
ℎ→0 ℎ
multiply [𝑥𝑥 2 − 4𝑥𝑥 + 3] by -1.
3ℎ𝑥𝑥 2 + 3ℎ2 𝑥𝑥 + ℎ3 + 4ℎ𝑥𝑥 + 2ℎ2 + 5ℎ Subtract 𝑥𝑥 3 from 𝑥𝑥 3 , 2𝑥𝑥 2 from
4 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = lim
ℎ→0 ℎ 2𝑥𝑥 2 , 5𝑥𝑥 from 5𝑥𝑥 and 6 from 6.
ℎ(3𝑥𝑥 2 + 3ℎ𝑥𝑥 + ℎ2 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 2ℎ + 5) Factor h from the numerator,
5 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = lim = lim (3𝑥𝑥 2 + 3ℎ𝑥𝑥 + ℎ2 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 2ℎ + 5)
ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0
then divide h by h
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 5 Substitute h with 0, the

6 resulting function is now the
∎ derivative

DIFFERENTIABILITY IMPLIES CONTINUITY

If a function 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is differentiable at 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎, then the function is continuous at 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎. In other words,
differentiability implies continuity. However, if the function is not differentiable at 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎, it may still be continuous
at that point or may not be continuous there at all. A very good example of the second case is the absolute value
function. The absolute value does not have a derivative at x = 0, but it is still continuous there.

Generally, a function with cusps, sharp corners, and/or vertical inflection points will not have a derivative at those
points, though the function may still be continuous there. Of course, at discontinuities, the derivative will not
exist.

The graph on the left is the absolute value function.

The graph is sharp at x = 0, and the function will not
have a derivative if the graph has a sharp point or a
cusp. Note that it is still continuous at x = 0.

The graph on the right has a vertical inflection point

at x = -1, so the function does not have a derivative
at x = -1.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 2 TANGENT AND NORMAL LINES

TANGENT LINES
A tangent line to a function 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) at the point 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎 is a line that just touches the graph of the function at said
point.

A secant line, on the other hand, goes through the function at two or more points.

The definition of the derivative can be used to find tangent lines at a point. Here’s how to find the tangent line of a
function at a point:

0. (OPTIONAL) If you are given only an x-value, substitute the x-value into the function first. This will be
needed in Step 3. This step is skipped if there is a y-value given.
1. Get the derivative of the given function.
2. Substitute the given x-value or the x-coordinate of the given point into x of the equation. This becomes
the slope of the tangent line.
3. Use this point-slope equation of a line: 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝑦0 = 𝑚𝑚(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥0 ). Substitute 𝑥𝑥0 with the x-coordinate of the
given point or the given x-value, 𝑦𝑦0 with the y-coordinate of the given point (or the result in Step 0), and
𝑚𝑚 with the result in Step 2.
4. Convert the equation to either standard form 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 + 𝐵𝐵𝐵𝐵 + 𝐶𝐶 = 0 or slope-intercept form 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 + 𝑏𝑏.
5. (OPTIONAL) Graph the function and the tangent line.

NORMAL LINES

A normal line is simply a line perpendicular to the tangent line at the point of tangency.

Normal lines are found in more or less the same way as the tangent line, however, one value is changed: The slope
1
𝑚𝑚𝑛𝑛 is used instead, where 𝑚𝑚𝑛𝑛 = − , or the negative reciprocal of the slope of the tangent line.
𝑚𝑚

FINDING TANGENT AND NORMAL LINES

Find the line tangent to 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥 + 3 at (1, 4), and its normal line as well.

No. STATEMENT REASON

2
1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 + 3 Given

2 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 4𝑥𝑥 − 1 Get the derivative of the function

′ (1)
3 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑓𝑓 = 4(1) − 1 = 3 Substitute x with 1

𝑦𝑦 − 4 = 3(𝑥𝑥 − 1) Use the point-slope form of the equation of a line, letting 𝑥𝑥0 =
4
1, 𝑦𝑦0 = 4 and 𝑚𝑚 = 3

5 𝑦𝑦 − 4 = 3𝑥𝑥 − 3 Multiply (x-1) by 3

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑦𝑦 = 3𝑥𝑥 + 1
Add 4 to both sides
6 3𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + 1 = 0
∎ (To convert to standard form) Subtract y from both sides

1 Use the point-slope form of the equation of the line as in

7 𝑦𝑦 − 4 = − (𝑥𝑥 − 1) 1
3 statement 4, but let 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑚𝑚𝑛𝑛 = −
3
1 1 1
8 𝑦𝑦 − 4 = − 𝑥𝑥 + Multiply (𝑥𝑥 − 1) by −
3 3 3

1 13
𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 +
3 3 Add 4 to both sides
1 13
9 − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + =0 (To convert to standard form) Subtract y from both sides
3 3
𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 − 13 = 0 Multiply by -3
∎

Find the line tangent to 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 3 − 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 2 at (3, 2), and find its normal line as well.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 3 − 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 2 Given

2 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 6𝑥𝑥 Get the derivative of the function

′ (3) 2
3 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑓𝑓 = 3(3) − 6(3) = 9 Substitute x with 3

𝑦𝑦 − 2 = 9(𝑥𝑥 − 3) Use the point-slope form of the equation of a line, letting 𝑥𝑥0 =
4
3, 𝑦𝑦0 = 2 and 𝑚𝑚 = 9

5 𝑦𝑦 − 2 = 9𝑥𝑥 − 27 Multiply (x-3) by 9

𝑦𝑦 = 9𝑥𝑥 − 25
Add 2 to both sides
6 9𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 − 25 = 0
∎ (To convert to standard form) Subtract y from both sides

1 Use the point-slope form of the equation of the line as in

7 𝑦𝑦 − 2 = − (𝑥𝑥 − 3) 1
9 statement 4, but let 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑚𝑚𝑛𝑛 = −
9
1 1 1
8 𝑦𝑦 − 2 = − 𝑥𝑥 + Multiply (𝑥𝑥 − 3) by −
9 3 9

1 7
𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 +
9 3 Add 2 to both sides
1 7
9 − 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + = 0 (To convert to standard form) Subtract y from both sides
9 3
𝑥𝑥 + 9𝑦𝑦 − 21 = 0 Multiply by -9
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Find the line tangent to 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −𝑥𝑥 3 + 15𝑥𝑥 2 − 72𝑥𝑥 + 110 at (4, −2), and find its normal line as well.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −𝑥𝑥 3 + 15𝑥𝑥 2 − 72𝑥𝑥 + 110 Given

′ (𝑥𝑥) 2
2 𝑓𝑓 = −3𝑥𝑥 + 30𝑥𝑥 − 72 Get the derivative of the function

3 𝑚𝑚 = −3(4)2 + 30(4) − 72 = 0 Substitute x with 4

2
−3𝑥𝑥 + 30𝑥𝑥 − 72 = 0
−3(𝑥𝑥 2 − 10𝑥𝑥 + 24) = 0 You may also factor the polynomial so you could see that
4
−3(𝑥𝑥 − 4)(𝑥𝑥 − 6) = 0 substituting 4 generates a 0.

𝑦𝑦 + 2 = 0(𝑥𝑥 − 4) Use the point-slope form of the equation, where 𝑥𝑥0 = 4, 𝑦𝑦0 =
5
−2 and 𝑚𝑚 = 0
𝑦𝑦 + 2 = 0
Multiply (x-4) by 0
6 𝑦𝑦 = −2
∎ (To convert to standard form) Subtract 2 from both sides

0(𝑦𝑦 + 2) = 𝑥𝑥 − 4 Use an alternate point-slope form of the equation of the line

7
−𝑚𝑚(𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝑦0 ) = 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥0 , as the negative reciprocal is undefined.
𝑥𝑥 − 4 = 0
Multiply (y+2) by 0
8 𝑥𝑥 = 4
(To convert to slope-intercept form) Add 4 to both sides
∎

Here are the graphs of those functions and their tangent and normal lines (original function is shown in green,
tangent line is shown in orange, and normal line is shown in yellow):

Original Function: 2𝑥𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑥 + 3

Tangent Line: 3𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 + 1 = 0

Normal Line: 𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 − 13 = 0

Notice how all three converge at the same point: (1, 4).
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Original Function: 𝑥𝑥 3 − 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 2

Tangent Line: 9𝑥𝑥 − 𝑦𝑦 − 25 = 0

Normal Line: 𝑥𝑥 + 9𝑦𝑦 − 21 = 0

Notice how all three converge at the same point: (3, 2) [The orange line is
barely visible, but should be clear with the intersection with the yellow line].

Original Function: −𝑥𝑥 3 + 15𝑥𝑥 2 − 72𝑥𝑥 + 110

Tangent Line: 𝑦𝑦 + 2 = 0

Normal Line: 𝑥𝑥 − 4 = 0

Notice how all three converge at the same point: (4, -2). Notice the orange
line is perfectly horizontal. We will be looking for more of these in further
modules.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

CHAPTER 2 DERIVATIVE RULES

MODULE 3 BASIC DERIVATIVE RULES

WHY DERIVATIVE RULES?

Derivatives by first principles tend to be tedious and take longer. Fortunately, there are shortcuts or rules to help
us out with that. These rules will make getting derivatives of functions faster.

BASIC DERIVATIVE RULES

The eight basic derivative rules are as follows. Let 𝑐𝑐 be a constant, 𝑛𝑛 be any real power, and 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) be two
functions of 𝑥𝑥:

𝒅𝒅
1. 𝒄𝒄 = 𝟎𝟎 (Constant Rule for Derivatives; Derivative Rule 1 from this point on)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
2. 𝒙𝒙𝒏𝒏 = 𝒏𝒏𝒙𝒙𝒏𝒏−𝟏𝟏 (Power Rule for Derivatives; Derivative Rule 2 from this point on)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝑑𝑑
a. 𝑥𝑥 = 1 (Derivative of x; Derivative Rule 2-bis from this point on)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝒅𝒅
3. 𝒄𝒄𝒄𝒄(𝒙𝒙) = 𝒄𝒄𝒇𝒇′ (𝒙𝒙) (Constant Multiple Rule for Derivatives; Derivative Rule 3 from this point on)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
4. [𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙) ± 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)] = 𝒇𝒇′ (𝒙𝒙) ± 𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙) (Sum/Difference Rule for Derivatives; Derivative Rule 4 from this
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
point on)
𝒅𝒅
5. [𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙)𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)] = 𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙)𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙) + 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)𝒇𝒇′ (𝒙𝒙) (Product Rule for Derivatives; Derivative Rule 5 from this
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
point on)
𝒅𝒅 𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙) 𝒇𝒇′ (𝒙𝒙)𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)−𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙)𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙)
6. � �= [𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)]𝟐𝟐
(Quotient Rule for Derivatives; Derivative Rule 6 from this point on)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 −𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙)
a. � � = [𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)]𝟐𝟐 (Reciprocal Rule for Derivatives; Derivative Rule 6-bis from this point on)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)
𝒅𝒅
7. 𝒇𝒇�𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)� = 𝒇𝒇′ �𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)�𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙) (Chain Rule; Derivative Rule 7 from this point on)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
8. 𝒇𝒇−𝟏𝟏 (𝒙𝒙) = (Derivative of an Inverse Function)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒇𝒇′ �𝒇𝒇−𝟏𝟏 (𝒙𝒙)�

DERIVING BASIC DERIVATIVE RULES

RULE 1: CONSTANT RULE

Here is the derivation for the constant rule

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑐𝑐 = 𝑐𝑐 Given
𝑑𝑑 𝑐𝑐 − 𝑐𝑐
2 𝑐𝑐 = lim Derivative by first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ

𝑑𝑑
3 𝑐𝑐 = lim 0 Subtract c from c and divide by h
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0

𝒅𝒅
𝒄𝒄 = 𝟎𝟎
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Limit Theorem 1: Limit of a Constant
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

RULE 2: POWER RULE

Let us first derive the power rule for integral powers

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑛𝑛 𝑛𝑛
1 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 Given
(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛 𝑛𝑛
𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑛
2 𝑥𝑥 = lim Derivative by first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑛 𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛 + 𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛−1 ℎ + ⋯ + ℎ𝑛𝑛 − 𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛
3 𝑥𝑥 = lim Expand (𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑛𝑛
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑛 𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛−1 ℎ + ⋯ + ℎ𝑛𝑛
4 𝑥𝑥 = lim Subtract 𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛 from 𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑛𝑛−1
𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑛 ℎ(𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑥 + ⋯ + ℎ𝑛𝑛−1 )
5 𝑥𝑥 = lim Factor an ℎ from the numerator
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑛
6 𝑥𝑥 = lim (𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛−1 + ⋯ + ℎ𝑛𝑛−1 ) Divide the numerator by ℎ
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0

𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑛
7 𝑥𝑥 = lim 𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛−1 + ⋯ + lim ℎ𝑛𝑛−1 Limit Theorem 4: Limit of a Sum/Difference
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ→0

𝒅𝒅 𝒏𝒏
𝒙𝒙 = 𝒏𝒏𝒙𝒙𝒏𝒏−𝟏𝟏
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Limit Theorem 8: Substitution Theorem and Theorem 1
∎
We then derive its special case, the derivative of x. We can do this from scratch or we can use the power rule
above. Here is the derivation from scratch:

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 Given
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 + ℎ − 𝑥𝑥
2 𝑥𝑥 = lim Derivative by first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 ℎ
3 𝑥𝑥 = lim Subtract x from x
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ

𝑑𝑑
4 𝑥𝑥 = lim 1 Divide h by h
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0

𝒅𝒅
𝒙𝒙 = 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝟏𝟏
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒉𝒉→𝟎𝟎 Limit Theorem 1
∎
Here is the derivation using the power rule

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 Given
𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑛
2 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑛𝑛𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛−1 Derivative Rule 2: Power Rule
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑
3 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 1−1 Let n = 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝒅𝒅
𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Subtract 1 from 1, then remember 𝑥𝑥 0 = 1
∎
Remember that radicals or roots can be rewritten as exponents or powers. This means, the same rule will apply
to radicals. The derivative of a square root using first principles should illustrate this.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 √𝑥𝑥 = √𝑥𝑥 Given

𝑑𝑑 √𝑥𝑥 + ℎ − √𝑥𝑥
2 √𝑥𝑥 = lim Derivative by first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 + ℎ − 𝑥𝑥
3 √𝑥𝑥 = lim Multiply the right-hand side by
√𝑥𝑥+ℎ+√𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ�√𝑥𝑥 + ℎ + √𝑥𝑥�
√𝑥𝑥+ℎ+√𝑥𝑥

𝑑𝑑 ℎ
4 √𝑥𝑥 = lim Subtract x from x
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ�√𝑥𝑥 + ℎ + √𝑥𝑥�

𝑑𝑑 1
5 √𝑥𝑥 = lim Divide h by h
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 �√𝑥𝑥 + ℎ + √𝑥𝑥�

𝑑𝑑 lim 1
ℎ→0
6 √𝑥𝑥 = Limit Theorem 6: Limit of a Quotient
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 lim �√𝑥𝑥 + ℎ + √𝑥𝑥�
ℎ→0

𝑑𝑑 1 Limit Theorem 7b: Limit of a Root, Limit Theorem 2: Identity

7 √𝑥𝑥 =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 Limit and Theorems 1 and 4
𝑑𝑑 1
8 √𝑥𝑥 = Add √𝑥𝑥 to √𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2√𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 1 1 −1
𝑥𝑥 2 = 𝑥𝑥 2 Rewrite radicals as exponents, with radicals in the denominator
9 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
written as negative exponents.
∎

RULE 3: CONSTANT MULTIPLE RULE

This works similarly to Limit Theorem 3 and that theorem is even used to derive it.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥)
2 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥) = lim Derivative from first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑐𝑐�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�
3 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥) = lim Factor a c from the numerator
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
4 𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑐𝑐 lim Limit Theorem 3: Constant Multiple Theorem for Limits
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑
𝑐𝑐𝑐𝑐(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑐𝑐𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥)
5 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Tangent line definition of a derivative
∎
What this theorem means is that constant coefficients can be pulled out of derivatives. This rule will be used very
often when getting derivatives.

RULE 4: SUM/DIFFERENCE RULE

This works similarly to Limit Theorem 4: Limit of a Sum/Difference and is even used to derive it.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)] − [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]
2 [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim Derivative by first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ∓ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
3 [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim Multiply 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) by -1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) ∓ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Group together the f(x) terms and g(x)
4 [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ terms.
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
5 [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim � ± � Split the fraction
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
6 [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ± 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim ± lim Limit Theorem 4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ

𝒅𝒅
[𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙) ± 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)] = 𝒇𝒇′ (𝒙𝒙) ± 𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙)
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Tangent line definition of a derivative
∎
What this means is: if multiple functions are added together, the derivative of the sum is just the sum of the
derivatives of each term.

RULE 5: PRODUCT RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
2 [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim Derivative from first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) + 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ Add and subtract either 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
3 𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) + 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim
ℎ→0 ℎ
or 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) to the numerator
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� + 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ Factor either an 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥), or a
4 𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� + 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim
ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) and 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim +
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ
5 𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� Split the fractions
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim +
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim + lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
6 𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� Limit Theorem 4
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim + lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) lim + lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ→0 ℎ
7 𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Theorem 5: Limit of a Product
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) lim + lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ→0 ℎ

Theorems 1 and 2 and Tangent line

𝒅𝒅 definition of a derivative. Note that
[𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙)𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)] = 𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙)𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙) + 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)𝒇𝒇′(𝒙𝒙) addition and multiplication are
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
commutative, so no matter if 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 +
∎
ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) or 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) was added, the
result will still be the same.

RULE 6: QUOTIENT RULE

We can go about this in two ways. We can either deriving the special case first before we head to the general
case, or we can derive the general case first before we derive the special case.

GENERAL TO SPECIFIC

First, we’ll see deriving from general to specific.

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
1 = Given
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) −
2 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Derivative from first principles
� � = lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥+ℎ)
3 � � = lim Subtract from
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥+ℎ)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) 1 Rewrite the right-hand side as a product
4 � � = lim ⋅
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ of two fractions.
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) 1
� � = lim ⋅
5 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Swap the denominators

𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) + 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) 1 Add and subtract 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) to the
� � = lim ⋅
6 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
numerator.
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)(𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 1 Factor 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) and −𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) from the
� � = lim ⋅
7 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
numerator
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 1
� � = �lim � lim
8 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Limit Theorem 5
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 1
9 � � = �lim � Limit Theorems 1, 2, and 6
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 1
� � = �lim − �⋅
10 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2 Split the fraction
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 1
� � = �lim − lim �⋅
11 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2 Limit Theorem 4
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) �𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)� �𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 1
� � = �𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) lim − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) lim �⋅
12 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2 Limit Theorems 1 and 5
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 1
� � = �𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥)� ⋅
13 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2 Tangent line definition of a derivative

𝒅𝒅 𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙) 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)𝒇𝒇′ (𝒙𝒙) − 𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙)𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙)

� �= 1
14 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙) [𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)]𝟐𝟐 Multiply 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) by [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2
∎
Then the special case:

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1
1 = Given
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥)
2 � �= Derivative Rule 6: Quotient Rule for Derivatives
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2
𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) � 1� − 𝑔𝑔′(𝑥𝑥)
3 � �= 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 −𝒈𝒈′(𝒙𝒙)
� �=
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙) [𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)]𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 1: Constant Rule
∎

SPECIFIC TO GENERAL

Now let’s see the derivation from specific to general.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1
1 = Given
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
1 1
𝑑𝑑 1 −
2 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Derivative by first principles
� � = lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Subtract
1
from
1
3 � � = lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥+ℎ)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) 1
4 � � = lim ⋅ Rewrite the right-hand side as a product of two fractions
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) 1
5 � � = lim ⋅
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Swap the denominators
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) 1
6 � � = lim lim Limit Theorem 5
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)

𝑑𝑑 1 −�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 1
7 � � = lim lim Factor a -1 from the numerator 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)

𝑑𝑑 1 −�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 1
8 � � = lim ⋅ Limit Theorems 1, 2 and 6
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 1
9 � � = − lim ⋅ Limit Theorem 3
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2
𝑑𝑑 1 1
� � = −𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) ⋅
10 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2 Tangent line definition of a derivative

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 −𝒈𝒈′(𝒙𝒙)
� �= 1
11 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙) [𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)]𝟐𝟐 Multiply −𝑔𝑔′(𝑥𝑥) by [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2
∎
Now to the general case from the specific

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
1 = Given
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑
[𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) + 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative Rule 5: Product Rule and Rule 6-bis:
2 𝑑𝑑 1 −𝑔𝑔′(𝑥𝑥)
� �= Derivative of a Reciprocal
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2

1 −𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) −𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) Let 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = , and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2. Then multiply
3 � �= + 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) 1
− [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2 by 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑓𝑓′(𝑥𝑥) by
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)

𝒅𝒅 𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙) 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)𝒇𝒇′ (𝒙𝒙) − 𝒇𝒇(𝒙𝒙)𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙)

� �= 𝑓𝑓′ (𝑥𝑥) −𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥)
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙) [𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)]𝟐𝟐 Add to
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2
∎
Either way of deriving it, and you get the same two rules for finding the derivative of a quotient.

RULE 7: CHAIN RULE

This rule requires the use of the secant line definition of the derivative.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� Given

𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)� − 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�
2 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = lim Derivative by first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥+ℎ)−𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)� − 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Multiply the right-hand side by
3 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = lim ⋅ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥+ℎ)−𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ
and swap the denominators.
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)� − 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
4 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = lim ⋅ lim Limit Theorem 5
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ)� − 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
5 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = lim ⋅ lim As ℎ → 0, 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) → 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥+ℎ)→𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
6 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = 𝑓𝑓 ′ �𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� ⋅ lim Secant line definition of the derivative.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ

𝒅𝒅
𝒇𝒇�𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)� = 𝒇𝒇′ �𝒈𝒈(𝒙𝒙)� 𝒈𝒈′ (𝒙𝒙)
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Tangent line definition of the derivative
∎

PROVING THE RECIPROCAL RULE USING CHAIN RULE

We can additionally prove Rule 6-bis using this and Rule 2.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1
1 = Given
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)

2 [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]−1 = [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]−1 Rewrite with negative exponents

𝑑𝑑 −2 Derivative Rule 2: Power Rule for Derivatives and Derivative
3 [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]−1 = −�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Rule 7: Chain Rule

𝑑𝑑 1 −𝑔𝑔′(𝑥𝑥)
� �= 1
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2 Rewrite with positive exponents and multiply 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) by [𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)]2
∎

WAYS OF WRITING THE CHAIN RULE

Note that this rule can be written in many ways:

𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑓𝑓(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑢𝑢) 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, and = are two very common examples using Lagrange and Leibniz notations
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
respectively. This rule will be combined with other derivative rules starting in the next module.

RULE 8: DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑
2 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = 𝑓𝑓 ′ �𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rule 7: Chain Rule
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑
3 𝑓𝑓�𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥)� = 𝑓𝑓 ′ �𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥)� 𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥) Let 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑
4 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑓𝑓 ′ �𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥)� 𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓�𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥)� = 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑
5 1 = 𝑓𝑓 ′ �𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥)� 𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rule 2-bis: Derivative of x.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝒅𝒅 −𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝒇𝒇 (𝒙𝒙) = ′ −𝟏𝟏
6 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒇𝒇 �𝒇𝒇 (𝒙𝒙)� Divide both sides by 𝑓𝑓 ′ �𝑓𝑓 −1 (𝑥𝑥)�
∎
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
This can be written in a much simpler way using Leibniz notation: = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

This will be used as a way to prove the derivatives in Modules 6 and 8.

EXAMPLES OF USING DERIVATIVE RULES

Find the derivative of:

2
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −
2𝑥𝑥 − 1

No. STATEMENT REASON

2
1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = − Given
2𝑥𝑥 − 1
𝑑𝑑 1
2 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = −2 � � Derivative Rule 3: Constant Multiple Rule for Derivatives
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2𝑥𝑥 − 1
−2 Derivative Rule 6-bis: Reciprocal Rule and Derivative Rule 7
3 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = −2 � �
(2𝑥𝑥 − 1)2 (Let 𝑢𝑢 = 2𝑥𝑥 − 1).

4
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) =
4 (2𝑥𝑥 − 1)2 Multiply -2 by -2
∎
Find the derivative of:

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = √4𝑥𝑥 − 5

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = √4𝑥𝑥 − 5 Given

1
2 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = (4𝑥𝑥 − 5)2 Rewrite the square root as a power
1 1
3 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = (4𝑥𝑥 − 5)−2 (4) Derivative Rules 2 and 7 (Let 𝑢𝑢 = 4𝑥𝑥 − 5)
2
1 1
4 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 2(4𝑥𝑥 − 5)−2 Multiply 4 by
2

2 1
5 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = Rewrite with positive exponents and multiply 2 by
√4𝑥𝑥−5
√4𝑥𝑥 − 5
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

∎
Find the derivative of:

𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 4 + 4𝑥𝑥 3 + 6𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 1

This can be done in two ways:

We can do this via the sum/difference and power rules…:

No. STATEMENT REASON

4 3 2
1 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 6𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 1 Given

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Get the derivative of both sides. Use Derivative Rule 1:

2 = 4𝑥𝑥 3 + 4 ⋅ 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 6 ⋅ 2𝑥𝑥 + 4 Constant Rule, Derivative Rules 2 and 3, and Derivative Rule 4:
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Sum/Difference Rule

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 4𝑥𝑥 3 + 12𝑥𝑥 2 + 12𝑥𝑥 + 4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 4(𝑥𝑥 3 + 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 1) Multiply 3𝑥𝑥 2 by 4 and 2𝑥𝑥 by 6
3 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
(OPTIONAL) Factor a 4, then (𝑥𝑥 + 1)3 = 𝑥𝑥 3 + 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 4(𝑥𝑥 + 1)3
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∎
…or by using the chain rule and power rules:

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑥𝑥 4 + 4𝑥𝑥 3 + 6𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 1 Given

2 𝑦𝑦 = (𝑥𝑥 + 1)4 (𝑥𝑥 + 1)4 = 𝑥𝑥 4 + 4𝑥𝑥 3 + 6𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 1

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 4(𝑥𝑥 + 1)3
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative Rules 2 and 7
= 4(𝑥𝑥 3 + 3𝑥𝑥 2 + 3𝑥𝑥 + 1)
3 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (OPTIONAL) Expand (𝑥𝑥 + 1)3 and multiply the polynomial by
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4.
= 4𝑥𝑥 3 + 12𝑥𝑥 2 + 12𝑥𝑥 + 4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Let’s try to prove the derivative of one special function using these rules.

Find the derivative of |𝑥𝑥| and use the chain rule to make it work for any function 𝑢𝑢. This derivative might prove
useful later on, especially in Module 9 onwards.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 |𝑥𝑥| = |𝑥𝑥| Given

Rewrite |𝑥𝑥| = √𝑥𝑥 2 . Note that a squared number is never

2 |𝑥𝑥| = �𝑥𝑥 2 negative, but the number itself can (e.g. 2 and -2, when squared,
both equal 4)
𝑑𝑑 1
3 |𝑥𝑥| = (𝑥𝑥 2 )2 Rewrite the radical as an exponent
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 1 1
4 |𝑥𝑥| = (𝑥𝑥 2 )−2 (2𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rules 2 and 7 (Let 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑥𝑥 2 )
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
𝑑𝑑 1
5 |𝑥𝑥| = (2𝑥𝑥) Remove negative exponents
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2√𝑥𝑥 2
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 1
6 |𝑥𝑥| = Multiply by 2𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √𝑥𝑥 2 2�𝑥𝑥 2

𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥
7 |𝑥𝑥| = Rewrite √𝑥𝑥 2 as |𝑥𝑥|
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 |𝑥𝑥|

𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖
|𝒖𝒖| = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅, 𝒖𝒖 ≠ 𝟎𝟎
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖| Derivative Rule 7. In any case, the function 𝑢𝑢 must not equal 0.
∎

WHEN THE DERIVATIVE DOES NOT EXIST

To reiterate what was stated in Module 1, derivatives will not exist at certain points if, in the graph, there are
cusps, sharp corners, or vertical inflection points there. A very good example of this is |𝑥𝑥|. We have seen from its
derivative above that the derivative will not exist at 𝑥𝑥 = 0. The original function is still continuous there, however,
so differentiability implies continuity, but continuity does not always imply differentiability.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 4 DERIVATIVES OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

DERIVATIVES OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

Here are the derivatives of trigonometric functions:

𝒅𝒅
1. 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Sine Function)
𝒅𝒅𝒙𝒙
𝒅𝒅
2. 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Cosine Function)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
3. 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬 𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Tangent Function)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
4. 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Cosecant Function)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
5. 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Secant Function)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
6. 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜 𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Cotangent Function)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅

DERIVING RULES FOR THE DERIVATIVES OF TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

SINE FUNCTION
sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥)−1
This will use the limits lim = 1 and lim = 0 (as seen in Limits Module 4)
𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 sin(𝑥𝑥) = sin(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 sin(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − sin(𝑥𝑥)
2 sin(𝑥𝑥) = lim Derivative from first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(ℎ) + cos(𝑥𝑥) sin(ℎ) − sin(𝑥𝑥)
3 sin(𝑥𝑥) = lim sin(𝛼𝛼 + 𝛽𝛽) = sin(𝛼𝛼) cos(𝛽𝛽) + cos(𝛼𝛼) sin(𝛽𝛽)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ

𝑑𝑑 sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(ℎ) − sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥) sin(ℎ) Rearrange and split the fraction in two, then use Limit
4 sin(𝑥𝑥) = lim + lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
Theorem 4.
𝑑𝑑 cos(ℎ) − 1 sin(ℎ) Factor sin(𝑥𝑥) from the left fraction and use Limit
5 sin(𝑥𝑥) = sin(𝑥𝑥) lim + cos(𝑥𝑥) lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
Theorems 1 and 5.
𝑑𝑑 sin(ℎ) cos(ℎ)−1
6 sin(𝑥𝑥) = cos(𝑥𝑥) lim = 1 and lim =0
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ

𝒅𝒅
𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

COSINE FUNCTION
This follows a very similar process to the sine function above.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 cos(𝑥𝑥) = cos(𝑥𝑥) Given

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 cos(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − cos(𝑥𝑥)
2 cos(𝑥𝑥) = lim Derivative from first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 cos(𝑥𝑥) cos(ℎ) − sin(𝑥𝑥) sin(ℎ) − cos(𝑥𝑥)
3 cos(𝑥𝑥) = lim cos(𝛼𝛼 + 𝛽𝛽) = cos(𝛼𝛼) cos(𝛽𝛽) − sin(𝛼𝛼) sin(𝛽𝛽)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ

𝑑𝑑 cos(𝑥𝑥) cos(ℎ) − cos(𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥) sin(ℎ) Rearrange and split the fraction in two, then use Limit
4 cos(𝑥𝑥) = lim − lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
Theorem 4.
𝑑𝑑 cos(ℎ) − 1 sin(ℎ) Factor cos(𝑥𝑥) from the left fraction and use Limit
5 cos(𝑥𝑥) = cos(𝑥𝑥) lim − sin(𝑥𝑥) lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
Theorems 1 and 5.
𝑑𝑑 sin(ℎ) cos(ℎ)−1
6 cos(𝑥𝑥) = − sin(𝑥𝑥) lim = 1 and lim =0
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ

𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

TANGENT FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 tan(𝑥𝑥) = tan(𝑥𝑥) Given

sin(𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥)
2 tan(𝑥𝑥) = tan(𝑥𝑥) =
cos(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 cos(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥) − sin(𝑥𝑥) (− sin(𝑥𝑥)) Derivative Rule 6 (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = sin(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) =
3 tan(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos2 (𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥))
𝑑𝑑 cos 2 (𝑥𝑥) + sin2 (𝑥𝑥)
4 tan(𝑥𝑥) = Multiply cos(𝑥𝑥) by cos(𝑥𝑥) and − sin(𝑥𝑥) by − sin(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos 2 (𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
5 tan(𝑥𝑥) = cos 2 (𝑥𝑥) + sin2 (𝑥𝑥) = 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos 2 (𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
6 tan(𝑥𝑥) = sec 2 (𝑥𝑥) = sec(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos(𝑥𝑥)
𝒅𝒅
𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬 𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

COSECANT FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 csc(𝑥𝑥) = csc(𝑥𝑥) Given

1 1
2 csc(𝑥𝑥) = csc(𝑥𝑥) =
sin(𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 − cos(𝑥𝑥)
3 csc(𝑥𝑥) = Derivative Rule 6-bis (Let 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = sin(𝑥𝑥))
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin2 (𝑥𝑥)
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 − cos(𝑥𝑥) 1
4 csc(𝑥𝑥) = Rewrite as a product of two fractions
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin(𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1 cos(𝑥𝑥)
5 csc(𝑥𝑥) = − csc(𝑥𝑥) cot(𝑥𝑥) = csc(𝑥𝑥) and = cot(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin(𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥)

𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
6 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

SECANT FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 sec(𝑥𝑥) = sec(𝑥𝑥) Given

1 1
2 sec(𝑥𝑥) = sec(𝑥𝑥) =
cos(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 −(− sin(𝑥𝑥))
3 sec(𝑥𝑥) = Derivative Rule 6-bis (Let 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = cos(𝑥𝑥))
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos 2 (𝑥𝑥)

𝑑𝑑 sin(𝑥𝑥) 1 Rewrite as a product of two fractions, multiplying -1 by -

4 csc(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥) 1 along the way
𝑑𝑑 1 sin(𝑥𝑥)
5 csc(𝑥𝑥) = sec(𝑥𝑥) tan(𝑥𝑥) = sec(𝑥𝑥) and = tan(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥)

𝒅𝒅
𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
6 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

COTANGENT FUNCTION
This can be done in multiple ways.

RATIO IDENTITY

First, using the ratio identity:

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 cot(𝑥𝑥) = cot(𝑥𝑥) Given

cos(𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥)
2 cot(𝑥𝑥) = tan(𝑥𝑥) =
sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 sin(𝑥𝑥) (− sin(𝑥𝑥)) − cos(𝑥𝑥) (cos(𝑥𝑥)) Derivative Rule 6 (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = cos(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) =
3 cot(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin2 (𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥))
𝑑𝑑 −(cos2 (𝑥𝑥) + sin2 (𝑥𝑥)) Multiply cos(𝑥𝑥) by − cos(𝑥𝑥) and sin(𝑥𝑥) by − sin(𝑥𝑥) and
4 cot(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin2 (𝑥𝑥) factor -1
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 −1
5 cot(𝑥𝑥) = cos 2 (𝑥𝑥) + sin2 (𝑥𝑥) = 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin2 (𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
6 cot(𝑥𝑥) = − csc 2 (𝑥𝑥) = sec(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos(𝑥𝑥)
𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = −𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜 𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

RECIPROCAL IDENTITY

Then using the reciprocal identity:

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 cot(𝑥𝑥) = cot(𝑥𝑥) Given

1 1
2 cot(𝑥𝑥) = cot(𝑥𝑥) =
tan(𝑥𝑥) tan(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 − sec 2 (𝑥𝑥)
3 cot(𝑥𝑥) = Derivative Rule 6-bis (Let 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = tan(𝑥𝑥))
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 tan2 (𝑥𝑥)

𝑑𝑑 −1 1 sin2(𝑥𝑥)
cot(𝑥𝑥) = Since sec 2 (𝑥𝑥) = and tan2 (𝑥𝑥) = , simplify
4 cos2 (𝑥𝑥) cos2(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin2 (𝑥𝑥)
the resulting fraction
𝑑𝑑 1
5 csc(𝑥𝑥) = − csc 2 (𝑥𝑥) = csc(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin(𝑥𝑥)
𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜 𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
6 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

EXAMPLES OF USING DERIVATIVES FOR TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

Find the derivative of:

𝑦𝑦 = sin2 (𝑥𝑥)

This can be done using either the product rule or the power rule. Let’s use the product rule for this one first:

No. STATEMENT REASON

2 (𝑥𝑥)
1 𝑦𝑦 = sin Given

2 𝑦𝑦 = sin(𝑥𝑥) ⋅ sin(𝑥𝑥) Rewrite as a product

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative Rule 5 (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = sin(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = sin(𝑥𝑥), with
3 = sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥) + sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 the derivatives 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = cos(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = cos(𝑥𝑥)
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
4 = 2 sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥) Add sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥) to sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= sin(2𝑥𝑥)
5 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin(2𝑥𝑥) = 2 sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥)
∎
Now, let’s use the power rule and chain rule.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = sin2 (𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2 = 2 sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rules 2 and 7 (Let 𝑢𝑢 = sin(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = cos(𝑥𝑥))
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= sin(2𝑥𝑥)
3 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin(2𝑥𝑥) = 2 sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥)
∎
Both 2 sin(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥) and sin(2𝑥𝑥) are acceptable answers in this case.

Find the derivative of:

𝑦𝑦 = cos(𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥)

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = cos(𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative Rule 5 (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = cos(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = sin(𝑥𝑥), so we
2 = cos(𝑥𝑥) cos(𝑥𝑥) − sin(𝑥𝑥) sin(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 get 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = − sin(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = cos(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
3 = cos2 (𝑥𝑥) − sin2 (𝑥𝑥) Multiply cos(𝑥𝑥) by cos(𝑥𝑥) and sin(𝑥𝑥) by sin(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= cos(2𝑥𝑥)
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos(2𝑥𝑥) = cos 2 (𝑥𝑥) − sin2 (𝑥𝑥)
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 5 DERIVATIVES OF EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

DERIVATIVES OF EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

These four rules show the derivatives of exponential and logarithmic functions. The first and third rules are both
very important rules to recall. (Here, log 𝑥𝑥 = log10 𝑥𝑥 and ln 𝑥𝑥 = log e 𝑥𝑥)

𝒅𝒅
1. 𝐞𝐞𝒖𝒖 = 𝐞𝐞𝒖𝒖 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Exponential Function of e)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
2. 𝒂𝒂𝒖𝒖 = 𝒂𝒂𝒖𝒖 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒂𝒂 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (General Exponential Function Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
3. 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒖𝒖 = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Natural Logarithm Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
4. 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒂𝒂 𝒖𝒖 = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (General Logarithm Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒂𝒂

DERIVING RULES FOR THE DERIVATIVES OF EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC

FUNCTIONS
For the exponential functions, we can start with the general case then use that to derive the one for e or we can
do the reverse. The same will be done for the logarithmic functions.

EXPONENTIAL FUNCTIONS

PROVING THE GENERAL CASE FIRST

This is the proof of the derivative of any exponential function.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 Given
𝑥𝑥+ℎ 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎 − 𝑎𝑎
2 𝑎𝑎 = lim Derivatives from first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎ℎ − 1
3 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 lim Factor an 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 from the numerator and use Limit Theorem 5
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 − 1
4 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 ln 𝑎𝑎 lim = ln 𝑎𝑎
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥
𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖
𝒂𝒂 = 𝒂𝒂𝒖𝒖 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒂𝒂 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎
Using the rule above, we can prove the derivative for exponential function for Euler’s number e.

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
1 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑎𝑎𝑢𝑢 ln 𝑎𝑎 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Given/Derivative of Any Exponential Function
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
2 e = e𝑢𝑢 ln e 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Let 𝑎𝑎 = e
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖
𝐞𝐞 = 𝐞𝐞𝒖𝒖 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
3 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 ln e = 1
∎

PROVING EXPONENTIAL FUNCTION OF E FIRST

This is the proof of the derivative of the exponential function for Euler’s number e.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 e𝑥𝑥 = e𝑥𝑥 Given

𝑥𝑥+ℎ 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 e −e
2 e = lim Derivatives from first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 eℎ − 1
3 e = e𝑥𝑥 lim Factor an e𝑥𝑥 from the numerator and use Limit Theorem 5
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 e𝑥𝑥 − 1
4 e = e𝑥𝑥 lim =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥
𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖
𝐞𝐞 = 𝐞𝐞𝒖𝒖 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎
We then use this rule to derive the rule for any exponential function

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
1 e = e𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Given/Derivative of Exponential Function of e
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 ln 𝑎𝑎 𝑢𝑢
2 e = eln 𝑎𝑎 𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑(ln 𝑎𝑎 𝑢𝑢) Let 𝑢𝑢 = ln 𝑎𝑎 𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖
𝒂𝒂 = 𝒂𝒂𝒖𝒖 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒂𝒂 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
3 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 3, (𝑥𝑥 𝑚𝑚 )𝑛𝑛 = 𝑥𝑥 𝑚𝑚𝑚𝑚 and 𝑒𝑒 ln 𝑎𝑎 = 𝑎𝑎
∎

LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS

PROVING THE GENERAL CASE FIRST

This is the proof of the derivative of any logarithm

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 Given

𝑑𝑑 log 𝑎𝑎 (𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥
2 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = lim Derivatives from First Principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑥𝑥 + ℎ
𝑑𝑑 log 𝑎𝑎 � � 𝑥𝑥
3 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = lim 𝑥𝑥 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 − log 𝑎𝑎 𝑦𝑦 = log 𝑎𝑎 � �
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ 𝑦𝑦
ℎ
𝑑𝑑 log 𝑎𝑎 �1 + �
4 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = lim 𝑥𝑥 Split the fraction inside the logarithm and divide x by x
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
1
𝑑𝑑 ℎ ℎ
5 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = lim log 𝑎𝑎 �1 + � 𝑦𝑦 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 1
ℎ
6 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = lim log 𝑎𝑎 (1 + 𝑦𝑦)𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 Let 𝑦𝑦 = , so ℎ = 𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦. As ℎ → 0, 𝑦𝑦 → 0
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦→0 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 1 1
7 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = lim log 𝑎𝑎 (1 + 𝑦𝑦)𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦→0
𝑑𝑑 1 1
8 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = log 𝑎𝑎 lim (1 + 𝑦𝑦)𝑦𝑦 Use Limit Theorem 9: Limit of a Composition of Functions
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦→0

𝑑𝑑 1 𝑡𝑡
9 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = log 𝑎𝑎 e lim(1 + 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟)𝑥𝑥 = e𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥→0
𝑑𝑑 1 ln e ln e
10 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = log 𝑎𝑎 e =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 ln 𝑎𝑎 ln 𝑎𝑎
𝑑𝑑 1
11 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = ln e = 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 ln 𝑎𝑎
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒂𝒂 𝒖𝒖 = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
12 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒂𝒂 Derivative Rule 7
∎
We then use this rule to find the derivative of the natural logarithm

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
1 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Given/Derivative of Any Logarithm
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 ln 𝑎𝑎
𝑑𝑑 1
2 ln 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Let 𝑎𝑎 = e
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 ln e
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒖𝒖 = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
3 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 ln e = 1
∎

PROVING THE NATURAL LOGARITHM FIRST

This is the proof of the derivative of the natural logarithm

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 ln 𝑥𝑥 = ln 𝑥𝑥 Given
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 ln(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − ln(𝑥𝑥)
2 ln 𝑥𝑥 = lim Derivatives from first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑥𝑥 + ℎ
𝑑𝑑 ln � � 𝑥𝑥
3 ln 𝑥𝑥 = lim 𝑥𝑥 ln 𝑥𝑥 − ln 𝑦𝑦 = ln � �
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ 𝑦𝑦
ℎ
𝑑𝑑 ln �1 + �
4 ln 𝑥𝑥 = lim 𝑥𝑥 Split the fraction inside the logarithm and divide x by x
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
1
𝑑𝑑 ℎ ℎ
5 ln 𝑥𝑥 = lim ln �1 + � 𝑦𝑦 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 1
ℎ
6 ln 𝑥𝑥 = lim ln(1 + 𝑦𝑦)𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 Let 𝑦𝑦 = , so ℎ = 𝑦𝑦𝑦𝑦. As ℎ → 0, 𝑦𝑦 → 0
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦→0 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 1 1
7 ln 𝑥𝑥 = lim ln(1 + 𝑦𝑦)𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 = log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦→0
𝑑𝑑 1 1
8 ln 𝑥𝑥 = ln lim (1 + 𝑦𝑦)𝑦𝑦 Limit Theorem 9
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦→0
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑡𝑡
9 ln 𝑥𝑥 = ln e lim(1 + 𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟)𝑥𝑥 = e𝑟𝑟𝑟𝑟
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥→0
𝑑𝑑 1
10 ln 𝑥𝑥 = ln e = 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒖𝒖 = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
11 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 Derivative Rule 7
∎
We then use this rule to find the derivative of any logarithm

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
1 ln 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Given
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 ln 𝑢𝑢 1
2 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Divide both sides by ln 𝑎𝑎
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ln 𝑎𝑎 𝑢𝑢 ln 𝑎𝑎
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒂𝒂 𝒖𝒖 = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 ln 𝑢𝑢
3 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒂𝒂 Change-of-base Formula: log 𝑎𝑎 𝑢𝑢 =
ln 𝑎𝑎
∎

EXAMPLES OF USING DERIVATIVE RULES FOR EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC

FUNCTIONS
Find the derivative of:

𝑦𝑦 = log 𝑥𝑥 where (log 𝑥𝑥 = log10 𝑥𝑥)

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

This can be done in two ways: Using change-of-base formula first, or using the rule for any logarithm directly. We
will only show the direct method here as it is faster.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = log 𝑥𝑥 Given

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
= 𝑑𝑑 1
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 ln 10 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 ln 𝑎𝑎
∎
Find the derivative of:

2
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = e(𝑥𝑥+2)

This can either be solved by expanding and using the chain rule only once, or by using the chain rule twice.

No. STATEMENT REASON

(𝑥𝑥+2)2
1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = e Given
2
2 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = e(𝑥𝑥+2) 2(𝑥𝑥 + 2)(1) 𝑑𝑑
e𝑢𝑢 = e𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 using Derivative Rule 7 twice
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2
3 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 2e(𝑥𝑥+2) (𝑥𝑥 + 2) Multiply e(𝑥𝑥+2) by 2
2

2 2
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 2e(𝑥𝑥+2) 𝑥𝑥 + 4e(𝑥𝑥+2) 2
Multiply (𝑥𝑥 + 2) by 2e(𝑥𝑥+2)
4 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 2e𝑥𝑥
2 +4𝑥𝑥+4
𝑥𝑥 + 4e𝑥𝑥
2 +4𝑥𝑥+4
(OPTIONAL) Expand (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2
∎
Here, we expand and use the chain rule only once:

No. STATEMENT REASON

(𝑥𝑥+2)2
1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = e Given
𝑥𝑥 2 +4𝑥𝑥+4
2 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = e Expand (𝑥𝑥 + 2)2

𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = ex
2 +4𝑥𝑥+4
(2𝑥𝑥 + 4) 𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
3 e = e𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2 +4𝑥𝑥+4 2 +4𝑥𝑥+4
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 2e𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 + 4e𝑥𝑥 2 +4𝑥𝑥+4
Multiply (2𝑥𝑥 + 4) by e𝑥𝑥
4 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥)
= 2e (𝑥𝑥+2)2
𝑥𝑥 + 4e (𝑥𝑥+2)2
(OPTIONAL) Factor 𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 + 4
∎
Find the derivative of:

e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥
𝑦𝑦 =
2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑥𝑥 −𝑥𝑥
e −e
1 𝑦𝑦 = Given
2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥
2 = � (e − e−𝑥𝑥 ) � Get the derivative of both sides using Derivative Rule 3
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 𝑑𝑑 −𝑥𝑥
3 = � e − e � Derivative Rule 4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥 𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
4 = (e − (−e−𝑥𝑥 ) ) e = e𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥
5 = (e + e−𝑥𝑥 ) Multiply e−𝑥𝑥 by -1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥

= 1
6 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 Multiply e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 by
2
∎
Find the derivative of:

𝑦𝑦 = ln �𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 + 1�

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = ln �𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 + 1� Given

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥
2 = ⋅ �1 + � Get the derivatives of both sides using the chain rule and the
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 + 1�
2 2
√𝑥𝑥 + 1 rule for natural logarithm

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1
3 = ⋅� � Add 1 to 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1� √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 �𝑥𝑥 2 +1

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
= 1 𝑥𝑥+�𝑥𝑥 2 +1
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 Multiply by � �
�𝑥𝑥+�𝑥𝑥 2 +1� �𝑥𝑥 2 +1
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 6 DERIVATIVES OF INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

DERIVATIVES OF INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

These are the derivatives of inverse trigonometric functions.

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
1. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Arcsine Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 �𝟏𝟏−𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
2. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Arccosine Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 �𝟏𝟏−𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
3. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Arctangent Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏+𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
4. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Arccosecant Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|�𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 −𝟏𝟏
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
5. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Arcsecant Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|�𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 −𝟏𝟏
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
6. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Arccotangent Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏+𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐

DERIVING RULES FOR THE DERIVATIVES OF INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

We can derive these in two ways: using chain rule, or using Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function.

ARCSINE

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arcsin(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 sin(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the sine of both sides

3 cos(𝑦𝑦) = �1 − sin2 (𝑦𝑦) Use the Pythagorean Identity cos 2 (𝑥𝑥) + sin2 (𝑥𝑥) = 1

4 cos(𝑦𝑦) = �1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 cos(𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 = Divide both sides by cos(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
7 arcsin(𝑥𝑥) = Use statement 1 on the left side and statement 4 on the right
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √1 − 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 √𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arcsin(𝑥𝑥) = arcsin(𝑥𝑥) Given

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function. Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) =
2 arcsin(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cos(arcsin(𝑥𝑥)) sin(𝑥𝑥)

Use the triangle given below and the ratio CAH (Cosine)

𝜃𝜃 = arcsin(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1 1
3 arcsin(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥

�1 − 𝑥𝑥 2

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 √𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

ARCCOSINE

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arccos(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 cos(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the cosine of both sides

3 sin(𝑦𝑦) = �1 − cos 2 (𝑦𝑦) Use the Pythagorean Identity cos 2 (𝑥𝑥) + sin2 (𝑥𝑥) = 1

4 sin(𝑦𝑦) = �1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 − sin(𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 =− Divide both sides by − sin(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
7 arccos(𝑥𝑥) = − Use statement 1 on the left side and statement 4 on the right
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √1 − 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 √𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arccos(𝑥𝑥) = arccos(𝑥𝑥) Given

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function. Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) =
2 arccos(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sin(arccos(𝑥𝑥)) cos(𝑥𝑥)

Use the triangle given below and the ratio SOH (Sine)

𝜃𝜃 = arccos(𝑥𝑥)

𝑑𝑑 1 1
3 arccos(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 �1 − 𝑥𝑥 2

𝑥𝑥

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 √𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

ARCTANGENT

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arctan(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 tan(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the tangent of both sides

3 sec 2 (𝑦𝑦) = 1 + tan2 (𝑦𝑦) Use the Pythagorean Identity 1 + tan2 (𝑥𝑥) = sec 2 (𝑥𝑥)

4 sec 2 (𝑦𝑦) = 1 + 𝑥𝑥 2 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 sec 2 (𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 = Divide both sides by cos(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sec 2 (𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
7 arctan(𝑥𝑥) = Use statement 1 on the left side and statement 4 on the right
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 + 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arctan(𝑥𝑥) = arctan(𝑥𝑥) Given

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function. Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) =
2 arctan(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sec 2 (arctan(𝑥𝑥)) tan(𝑥𝑥)

Use the triangle given below and the ratio SHA (Secant)

𝜃𝜃 = arctan(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
3 arctan(𝑥𝑥) = �1 + 𝑥𝑥 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 + 𝑥𝑥 2
𝑥𝑥

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

ARCCOSECANT
From this point on, we will introduce a third method: using reciprocal arguments. Recall that:

1 1 1
arccsc(𝑥𝑥) = arcsin � �, arcsec(𝑥𝑥) = arccos � �, and arccot(𝑥𝑥) = arctan � �
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arccsc(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 csc(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the cosecant of both sides

3 cot(𝑦𝑦) = �csc 2 (𝑦𝑦) − 1 Use the Pythagorean Identity cot 2 (𝑥𝑥) + 1 = csc 2 (𝑥𝑥)

4 cot(𝑦𝑦) = �𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 − csc(𝑦𝑦) cot(𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 =− Divide both sides by − csc(𝑦𝑦) cot(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 csc(𝑦𝑦) cot(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
arccsc(𝑥𝑥) = − Use statement 1 on the left side and statements 2 and 4 on the
7 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 |𝑥𝑥|√𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 right. Use |𝑥𝑥| to cover all values.
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arccsc(𝑥𝑥) = arccsc(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1
arccsc(𝑥𝑥) = − Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function. Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) =
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 csc(arccsc(𝑥𝑥)) cot(arccsc(𝑥𝑥))
csc(𝑥𝑥)

Use the triangle given below and the ratio CAO (Cotangent)

𝜃𝜃 = arccsc(𝑥𝑥)

𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥
3 arccsc(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 |𝑥𝑥|√𝑥𝑥 2 − 1
1

�𝑥𝑥 2 − 1

And csc(arccsc(𝑥𝑥)) = |𝑥𝑥|

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING RECIPROCAL ARGUMENTS

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
1 arcsin(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative of arcsine
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √1 − 𝑢𝑢2
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
arcsin � � = 𝑑𝑑 � � 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 2 𝑢𝑢 Let 𝑢𝑢 =
2 �1 − �1� 𝑢𝑢
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1 1
arccsc(𝑢𝑢) = − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 arccsc(𝑢𝑢) = arcsin � �, then square in the radical and
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
�1 − 12
3 𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢
1
𝑢𝑢 get the derivative of
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1
arccsc(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 Multiply by −
1 𝑢𝑢2
𝑢𝑢2 �1 − 2 �1− 2
𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢

𝑑𝑑 1
arccsc(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
√𝑢𝑢2 �𝑢𝑢2 �1 − 2� Rewrite 𝑢𝑢2 as √𝑢𝑢2 ⋅ 𝑢𝑢2 then multiply a √𝑢𝑢2 into the radical
𝑢𝑢
5 𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 to remove negative powers inside the radical, then rewrite
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 the other √𝑢𝑢2 as |𝑢𝑢|
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏
∎

ARCSECANT

USING CHAIN RULE

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arcsec(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 sec(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the secant of both sides

3 tan(𝑦𝑦) = �sec 2 (𝑦𝑦) − 1 Use the Pythagorean Identity 1 + tan2 (𝑥𝑥) = sec 2 (𝑥𝑥)

4 tan(𝑦𝑦) = �𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 sec(𝑦𝑦) tan(𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 = Divide both sides by sec(𝑦𝑦) tan(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sec(𝑦𝑦) tan(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsec(𝑥𝑥) = Use statement 1 on the left side and statements 2 and 4 on the
7 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 |𝑥𝑥|√𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 right. Use |𝑥𝑥| to cover all values.
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arcsec(𝑥𝑥) = arcsec(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1
arcsec(𝑥𝑥) = Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function. Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) =
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sec(arcsec(𝑥𝑥)) tan(arcsec(𝑥𝑥))
csc(𝑥𝑥)

Use the triangle given below and the ratio TOA (Tangent)

𝜃𝜃 = arcsec(𝑥𝑥)

𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥
3 arcsec(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 |𝑥𝑥|√𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 �𝑥𝑥 2 − 1

And sec(arcsec(𝑥𝑥)) = |𝑥𝑥|

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING RECIPROCAL ARGUMENTS

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
1 arccos(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative of arccosine
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √1 − 𝑢𝑢2
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
arccos � � = − 𝑑𝑑 � � 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 2 𝑢𝑢 Let 𝑢𝑢 =
2 �1 − �1� 𝑢𝑢
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1 1
arcsec(𝑢𝑢) = − �− � 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 arcsec(𝑢𝑢) = arccos � �, then square in the radical and
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢2
�1 − 12
3 𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢
1
𝑢𝑢 get the derivative of
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsec(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 Multiply − by −
1 𝑢𝑢2
𝑢𝑢2 �1 − 2 �1− 2
𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢

𝑑𝑑 1
arcsec(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
√𝑢𝑢2 �𝑢𝑢2 �1 − � Rewrite 𝑢𝑢2 as √𝑢𝑢2 ⋅ 𝑢𝑢2 then multiply a √𝑢𝑢2 into the radical
𝑢𝑢2
5 𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 to remove negative powers inside the radical, then rewrite
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 the other √𝑢𝑢2 as |𝑢𝑢|
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏
∎

ARCCOTANGENT

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arccot(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 cot(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the cotangent of both sides

3 csc 2 (𝑦𝑦) = 1 + cot 2 (𝑦𝑦) Use the Pythagorean Identity cot 2 (𝑥𝑥) + 1 = csc 2 (𝑥𝑥)

4 csc 2 (𝑦𝑦) = 1 + 𝑥𝑥 2 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 − csc 2 (𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 =− Divide both sides by − csc 2 (𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 csc 2 (𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
7 arccot(𝑥𝑥) = − Use statement 1 on the left side and statement 4 on the right
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 + 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arccot(𝑥𝑥) = arccot(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function. Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) =
2 arccot(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 csc (arccot(𝑥𝑥))
2
csc(𝑥𝑥)

Use the triangle given below and the ratio CHO (Cosecant)

𝜃𝜃 = arccot(𝑥𝑥)

𝑑𝑑 1 �1 + 𝑥𝑥 2
3 arccot(𝑥𝑥) = − 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 + 𝑥𝑥 2

𝑥𝑥

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
4 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING RECIPROCAL ARGUMENTS

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
1 arctan(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative of arctangent
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 + 𝑢𝑢2
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
arctan � � = 2 𝑑𝑑 � � 1
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 1 𝑢𝑢 Let 𝑢𝑢 =
1+� � 𝑢𝑢
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1 1
arccot(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 arccot(𝑢𝑢) = arctan � �, then square in the denominator and
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 2
1 + 2 𝑢𝑢
3 𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢
1
𝑢𝑢 get the derivative of
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1
arccot(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Multiply
1
by −
1
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
𝑢𝑢2 �1 + 2 � 1+ 2 𝑢𝑢2
𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 1
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 + 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Multiply 1 + by 𝑢𝑢2
𝑢𝑢2
∎

EXAMPLES OF USING DERIVATIVE RULES FOR INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

Find the derivative of:

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = arcsin(6𝑥𝑥)
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = arcsin(6𝑥𝑥) Given

6
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 𝑑𝑑
arcsin(𝑢𝑢) =
1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, where 𝑢𝑢 = 6𝑥𝑥
2 �1 − (6𝑥𝑥)2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �1−𝑢𝑢2

6
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) =
3 √1 − 36𝑥𝑥 2 Square 6x in the radical
∎

Find the derivative of:

𝑦𝑦 = arctan(ln 𝑥𝑥)

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arctan(ln 𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1 1
2 arctan(ln(𝑥𝑥)) = 𝑑𝑑
arctan(𝑢𝑢) =
1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, where 𝑢𝑢 = ln 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 + (ln 𝑥𝑥) 𝑥𝑥
2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1+𝑢𝑢2

𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
3 arctan(ln(𝑥𝑥)) = Multiply by
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥(1 + (ln 𝑥𝑥)2 ) 1+(ln 𝑥𝑥)2 𝑥𝑥

𝑑𝑑 1
arctan(ln(𝑥𝑥)) =
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 (ln 𝑥𝑥)2 Multiply 1 + (ln 𝑥𝑥)2 by 𝑥𝑥
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 7 DERIVATIVES OF HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

DERIVATIVES OF HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

These are the derivatives of hyperbolic functions:

𝒅𝒅
1. 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) (Hyperbolic Sine Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
2. 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) (Hyperbolic Cosine Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
3. 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) (Hyperbolic Tangent Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
4. 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Hyperbolic Cosecant Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
5. 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Hyperbolic Secant Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅
6. 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = −𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Hyperbolic Cotangent Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅

DERIVING RULES FOR THE DERIVATIVES OF HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

We can either convert the first two into the exponential forms shown below, or use first principles and
hyperbolic identities for those two.

e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥

sinh(𝑥𝑥) = , cosh(𝑥𝑥) =
2 2

As for the remaining four, we can either use hyperbolic identities, or convert them into the exponential forms

HYPERBOLIC SINE

EXPONENTIAL FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑥𝑥 −𝑥𝑥
e −e
1 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = Given exponential form of sinh(𝑥𝑥)
2
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑
2 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = � (e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 ) � Get the derivative of both sides using Derivative Rule 3
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑 −𝑥𝑥
3 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = � e𝑥𝑥 − e � Derivative Rule 4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
4 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = (e𝑥𝑥 − (−e−𝑥𝑥 ) ) e = e𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 1
5 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = (e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 ) Multiply −e−𝑥𝑥 by -1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
𝑑𝑑 e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 1
6 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = Multiply e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 by
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 2

𝑑𝑑 e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥
7 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝒅𝒅
𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC IDENTITIES

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 sinh(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − sinh(𝑥𝑥)
2 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = lim Derivative from first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 sinh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(ℎ) + cosh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(ℎ) − sin(𝑥𝑥)
3 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = lim sinh(𝛼𝛼 + 𝛽𝛽) = sinh(𝛼𝛼) cosh(𝛽𝛽) + cosh(𝛼𝛼) sinh(𝛽𝛽)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ

𝑑𝑑 sinh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(ℎ) − sinh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(ℎ) Rearrange and split the fraction in two, then use
4 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = lim + lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
Limit Theorem 4.
𝑑𝑑 cosh(ℎ) − 1 sinh(ℎ) Factor sinh(𝑥𝑥) from the left fraction and use
5 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥) lim + cosh(𝑥𝑥) lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
Limit Theorems 1 and 5.
𝑑𝑑 sinh(ℎ) cosh(ℎ)−1
6 sinh(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥) lim = 1 and lim =0
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ

𝒅𝒅
𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC COSINE

EXPONENTIAL FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥
1 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = Given exponential form of sinh(𝑥𝑥)
2
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥
2 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = � (e + e−𝑥𝑥 ) � Get the derivative of both sides using Derivative Rule 3
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑 −𝑥𝑥
3 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = � e𝑥𝑥 + e � Derivative Rule 4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
4 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = (e𝑥𝑥 + (−e−𝑥𝑥 ) ) e = 𝑒𝑒 𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 1
5 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = (e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 ) Multiply −e−𝑥𝑥 by 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
𝑑𝑑 e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 1
6 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = Multiply e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 by
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥
7 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC IDENTITIES

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 cosh(𝑥𝑥 + ℎ) − cosh(𝑥𝑥)
2 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = lim Derivative from first principles
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ
𝑑𝑑 cosh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(ℎ) + sinh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(ℎ) − cosh(𝑥𝑥)
3 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = lim cosh(𝛼𝛼 + 𝛽𝛽) = cosh(𝛼𝛼) cosh(𝛽𝛽) + sinh(𝛼𝛼) sinh(𝛽𝛽)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ

𝑑𝑑 cosh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(ℎ) − cosh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(ℎ) Rearrange and split the fraction in two, then use
4 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = lim + lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
Limit Theorem 4.
𝑑𝑑 cosh(ℎ) − 1 sinh(ℎ) Factor cosh(𝑥𝑥) from the left fraction and use
5 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥) lim + sinh(𝑥𝑥) lim
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ
Limit Theorems 1 and 5.
𝑑𝑑 sinh(ℎ) cosh(ℎ)−1
6 cosh(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥) lim = 1 and lim =0
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ

𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC TANGENT

EXPONENTIAL FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

sinh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥)
1 tanh(𝑥𝑥) = Given, tanh(𝑥𝑥) =
cosh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥)

e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥
2 tanh(𝑥𝑥) = Exponential forms of sinh(𝑥𝑥) and cosh(𝑥𝑥)
e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 (e + e−𝑥𝑥 )2 − (e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 )2
𝑥𝑥
Derivative Rule 6 (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) =
3 tanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 )2 e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 , so 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 , and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 )
𝑑𝑑 e2𝑥𝑥 + 2 + e−2𝑥𝑥 − e2𝑥𝑥 + 2 − e−2𝑥𝑥
4 tanh(𝑥𝑥) = Expand all binomials in the numerator
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 )2
𝑑𝑑 4 Add 2 to 2, subtract e2𝑥𝑥 from e2𝑥𝑥 , and subtract e−2𝑥𝑥
5 tanh(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (e + e−𝑥𝑥 )2 from e−2𝑥𝑥
2
𝑑𝑑 2 Since 4 = 22 , rewrite the right-hand side as a squared
6 tanh(𝑥𝑥) = � 𝑥𝑥 �
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 e + e−𝑥𝑥 fraction
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 2
7 tanh(𝑥𝑥) = sech2 (𝑥𝑥) sech(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥
𝒅𝒅
𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC IDENTITIES

No. STATEMENT REASON

sinh(𝑥𝑥)
1 tanh(𝑥𝑥) = Given
cosh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 cosh2 (𝑥𝑥) − sinh2 (𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rule 6 (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥), 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥),
2 tanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cosh2 (𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥), and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
3 tanh(𝑥𝑥) = cosh2 (𝑥𝑥) − sinh2 (𝑥𝑥) = 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cosh2 (𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
4 tanh(𝑥𝑥) = sech2 (𝑥𝑥) = sech(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cosh(𝑥𝑥)
𝒅𝒅
𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) = 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC COSECANT

EXPONENTIAL FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1
1 csch(𝑥𝑥) = Given, csch(𝑥𝑥) =
sinh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥)

2
2 csch(𝑥𝑥) = Exponential forms of sinh(𝑥𝑥)
e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 −2(e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 ) Derivative Rules 3 and 6-bis (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2 and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) =
3 csch(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 )2 e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 , so 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 0, and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 )
𝑑𝑑 −2 e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥
4 csch(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 −𝑥𝑥
⋅ 𝑥𝑥 Rewrite as a product of two fractions
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 e −e e − e−𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 2 e𝑥𝑥 +e−𝑥𝑥
5 csch(𝑥𝑥) = − csch(𝑥𝑥) coth(𝑥𝑥) csch(𝑥𝑥) = and coth(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 e𝑥𝑥 −e−𝑥𝑥 e𝑥𝑥 −e−𝑥𝑥

𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
6 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

HYPERBOLIC IDENTITIES

No. STATEMENT REASON

1
1 csch(𝑥𝑥) = Given
sinh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 − cosh(𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rule 6-bis (Let 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥), and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) =
2 csch(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sinh2 (𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥))
𝑑𝑑 −1 cosh(𝑥𝑥)
3 csch(𝑥𝑥) = ⋅ Rewrite as a product of two fractions
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sinh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1 cosh(𝑥𝑥)
4 csch(𝑥𝑥) = − csch(𝑥𝑥) coth(𝑥𝑥) = csch(𝑥𝑥) and = coth(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sinh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥)

𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC SECANT

EXPONENTIAL FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1
1 sech(𝑥𝑥) = Given, sech(𝑥𝑥) =
cosh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥)

2
2 sech(𝑥𝑥) = Exponential forms of cosh(𝑥𝑥)
e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 −2(e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 ) Derivative Rules 3 and 6-bis (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 2 and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) =
3 sech(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 )2 e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 , so 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 0, and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 )
𝑑𝑑 −2 e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥
4 csch(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 −𝑥𝑥
⋅ 𝑥𝑥 Rewrite as a product of two fractions
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 e +e e + e−𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 2 e𝑥𝑥 −e−𝑥𝑥
5 csch(𝑥𝑥) = − sech(𝑥𝑥) tanh(𝑥𝑥) sech(𝑥𝑥) = and tanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 e𝑥𝑥 +e−𝑥𝑥 e𝑥𝑥 +e−𝑥𝑥

𝒅𝒅
𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
6 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC IDENTITIES

No. STATEMENT REASON

1
1 sech(𝑥𝑥) = Given
cosh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 − sinh(𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rule 6-bis (Let 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥), and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) =
2 sech(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cosh2 (𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥))
𝑑𝑑 −1 sinh(𝑥𝑥)
3 sech(𝑥𝑥) = ⋅ Rewrite as a product of two fractions
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cosh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥)
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1 sinh(𝑥𝑥)
4 sech(𝑥𝑥) = − sech(𝑥𝑥) tanh(𝑥𝑥) = sech(𝑥𝑥) and = tanh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cosh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥)

𝒅𝒅
𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬(𝒖𝒖) 𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭𝐭(𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC COTANGENT

EXPONENTIAL FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

cosh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥)
1 coth(𝑥𝑥) = Given, tanh(𝑥𝑥) =
sinh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥)

e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥
2 coth(𝑥𝑥) = Exponential forms of sinh(𝑥𝑥) and cosh(𝑥𝑥)
e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 (e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 )2 − (e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 )2 Derivative Rule 6 (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) =
3 coth(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 )2 e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 , so 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 , and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = e𝑥𝑥 + e−𝑥𝑥 )
𝑑𝑑 e2𝑥𝑥 − 2 + e−2𝑥𝑥 − e2𝑥𝑥 − 2 − e−2𝑥𝑥
4 coth(𝑥𝑥) = Expand all binomials in the numerator
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥 )2
𝑑𝑑 −4 Add 2 to 2, subtract e2𝑥𝑥 from e2𝑥𝑥 , and subtract e−2𝑥𝑥
5 coth(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (e − e−𝑥𝑥 )2 from e−2𝑥𝑥
2
𝑑𝑑 2 Since 4 = 22 , rewrite the right-hand side as a squared
6 coth(𝑥𝑥) = − � 𝑥𝑥 �
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 e − e−𝑥𝑥 fraction
𝑑𝑑 2
7 coth(𝑥𝑥) = −csch2 (𝑥𝑥) csch(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 e𝑥𝑥 − e−𝑥𝑥
𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = −𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

HYPERBOLIC IDENTITIES

No. STATEMENT REASON

cosh(𝑥𝑥)
1 coth(𝑥𝑥) = Given
sinh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 sinh2 (𝑥𝑥) − cosh2 (𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rule 6 (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥), 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥),
2 coth(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sinh2 (𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥), and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 −1
3 coth(𝑥𝑥) = cosh2 (𝑥𝑥) − sinh2 (𝑥𝑥) = 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sinh2 (𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
4 coth(𝑥𝑥) = −csch2 (𝑥𝑥) = csch(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sinh(𝑥𝑥)
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝒅𝒅
𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜(𝒖𝒖) = −𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝐜𝟐𝟐 (𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Derivative Rule 7
∎

EXAMPLES OF USING DERIVATIVES FOR HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

Find the derivative of:

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = sinh2 (𝑥𝑥)

We can use either the product rule or the power rule and chain rule. Let’s use the chain rule here as it is faster.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = sinh2 (𝑥𝑥) Given

2 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 2 sinh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rules 2 and 7 (Let 𝑢𝑢 = sinh(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = cosh(𝑥𝑥))

𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = sinh(2𝑥𝑥)
3 2 sinh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(2𝑥𝑥)
∎

Find the derivative of:

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥)

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2 = cosh(𝑥𝑥) cosh(𝑥𝑥) + sinh(𝑥𝑥) sinh(𝑥𝑥) Derivative Rule 5 (Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥), so
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 we get 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
3 = cosh2 (𝑥𝑥) + sinh2 (𝑥𝑥) Multiply cosh(𝑥𝑥) by cosh(𝑥𝑥) and sinh(𝑥𝑥) by sinh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= cosh(2𝑥𝑥)
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cosh(2𝑥𝑥) = cosh2 (𝑥𝑥) + sinh2 (𝑥𝑥)
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 8 DERIVATIVES OF INVERSE HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

DERIVATIVES OF INVERSE HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

These are the derivatives of inverse trigonometric functions.

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
1. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Inverse Hyperbolic Sine Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 �𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 +𝟏𝟏
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
2. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Inverse Hyperbolic Cosine Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 �𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 −𝟏𝟏
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
3. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅, |𝒖𝒖| < 𝟏𝟏 (Inverse Hyperbolic Tangent Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏−𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
4. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Inverse Hyperbolic Cosecant Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|�𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 +𝟏𝟏
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
5. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (Inverse Hyperbolic Secant Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖�𝟏𝟏−𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
6. 𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅, |𝒖𝒖| > 𝟏𝟏 (Inverse Hyperbolic Cotangent Rule)
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 −𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏−𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐

DERIVING RULES FOR THE DERIVATIVES OF INVERSE HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

We can derive these in three ways: using chain rule, using logarithmic forms, or using Derivative Rule 8: Derivative
of an Inverse Function. Here are the logarithmic forms of each inverse hyperbolic function:

1 1 + 𝑥𝑥
arsinh 𝑥𝑥 = ln �𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 + 1� , arcosh 𝑥𝑥 = ln �𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 − 1� , artanh 𝑥𝑥 = ln � � 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 |𝑥𝑥| < 1
2 1 − 𝑥𝑥
1 1 1 1 1 𝑥𝑥 + 1
arcsch 𝑥𝑥 = ln � + � 2 + 1� , arsech 𝑥𝑥 = ln � + � 2 − 1� , arcoth 𝑥𝑥 = ln � � 𝑖𝑖𝑖𝑖 |𝑥𝑥| > 1
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥 − 1

For all but hyperbolic sine, the domains of each function are restricted. The domains of each function are as follows:

arsinh 𝑥𝑥 = (−∞, +∞), arcosh 𝑥𝑥 = [−1, +∞), artanh 𝑥𝑥 = (−1,1),

arcsch 𝑥𝑥 = (−∞, 0) ∪ (0, +∞), arsech 𝑥𝑥 = (0, 1], arcoth 𝑥𝑥 = (−∞, −1) ∪ (1, +∞)

INVERSE HYPERBOLIC SINE

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arsinh(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 sinh(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the hyperbolic sine of both sides

3 cosh(𝑦𝑦) = �sinh2 (𝑦𝑦) + 1 Use the Pythagorean Identity cosh2 (𝑥𝑥) − sinh2 (𝑥𝑥) = 1

4 cosh(𝑦𝑦) = �𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 cosh(𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 = Divide both sides by cosh(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cosh(𝑦𝑦)
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
7 arsinh(𝑥𝑥) = Use statement 1 on the left side and statement 4 on the right
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 √𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING LOGARITHMIC FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arsinh 𝑥𝑥 = ln �𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 + 1� Given. Logarithmic form of inverse hyperbolic sine.

𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥
2 arsinh 𝑥𝑥 = �1 + � Derivative Rules 4 and 7 and
𝑑𝑑 1
ln 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 + 1� 2
�√𝑥𝑥 + 1� 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢

𝑑𝑑 1 √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 + 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
3 arsinh 𝑥𝑥 = � � Add to 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 �𝑥𝑥 2 +1

𝑑𝑑 1 �𝑥𝑥 2 +1+𝑥𝑥
4 arsinh 𝑥𝑥 = Multiply
1
by
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
√𝑥𝑥 + 1 𝑥𝑥+�𝑥𝑥 2 +1 �𝑥𝑥 2 +1

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟐𝟐
√𝒖𝒖 + 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arsinh(𝑥𝑥) = arsinh(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function. Let
2 arsinh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 cosh(arsinh(𝑥𝑥)) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = sinh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
arsinh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ln�𝑥𝑥+�𝑥𝑥 2 +1� �𝑥𝑥 2 +1�
3 e + e− ln�𝑥𝑥+ Use the exponential and logarithmic forms
2
𝑑𝑑 2
4 arsinh(𝑥𝑥) = Rewrite 2 to the numerator
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 2 +1� � 2
eln�𝑥𝑥+ + e− ln�𝑥𝑥+ 𝑥𝑥 +1�
𝑑𝑑 2
arsinh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 � 2 1 � 2
5 eln�𝑥𝑥+ 𝑥𝑥 +1� + 2
Rewrite e− ln�𝑥𝑥+ 𝑥𝑥 +1� as a reciprocal
�
eln�𝑥𝑥+ 𝑥𝑥 +1�
𝑑𝑑 2
arsinh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 �𝑥𝑥 2 +1�
6 �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1� + eln�𝑥𝑥+ = 𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 + 1
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1�
𝑑𝑑 2
arsinh(𝑥𝑥) = 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 + 1� + 1
7 Add the two terms together
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1�
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 2
arsinh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑥𝑥√𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 + 2
2
8 Square �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1� then combine like terms
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1�
𝑑𝑑 2
arsinh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2�𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥√𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 + 1�
2
9 Factor 2 from the numerator
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1�

𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1�
arsinh(𝑥𝑥) = Move �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1� to the numerator and divide 2 by
10 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑥√𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 + 1� 2
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 2 − (𝑥𝑥 2 + 1)
arsinh(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥−�𝑥𝑥 2 +1
11 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 −√𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 Multiply the right-hand side by
𝑥𝑥−�𝑥𝑥 2 +1
𝑑𝑑 −1
12 arsinh(𝑥𝑥) = Multiply (𝑥𝑥 2 + 1) by −1 then subtract 𝑥𝑥 2 from 𝑥𝑥 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 −√𝑥𝑥 2 + 1
𝑑𝑑 1
13 arsinh(𝑥𝑥) = Divide -1 by -1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
14 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟐𝟐
√𝒖𝒖 + 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

INVERSE HYPERBOLIC COSINE

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arcosh(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 cosh(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the hyperbolic cosine of both sides

3 sinh(𝑦𝑦) = �cosh2 (𝑦𝑦) − 1 Use the Pythagorean Identity cos 2 (𝑥𝑥) + sin2 (𝑥𝑥) = 1

4 sinh(𝑦𝑦) = �𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 sinh(𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 = Divide both sides by sinh(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sinh(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
7 arcosh(𝑥𝑥) = Use statement 1 on the left side and statement 4 on the right
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
√𝑥𝑥 − 1
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟐𝟐
√𝒖𝒖 − 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING LOGARITHMIC FORMS

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

arcosh 𝑥𝑥 = ln �𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 − 1� Given. Logarithmic form of inverse hyperbolic

1
cosine.
𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥
2 arcosh 𝑥𝑥 = �1 + � Derivative Rules 4 and 7 and
𝑑𝑑 1
ln 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1� �√𝑥𝑥 2 − 1� 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢

𝑑𝑑 1 √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 + 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
3 arcosh 𝑥𝑥 = � � Add to 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 �𝑥𝑥 2 −1

𝑑𝑑 1 �𝑥𝑥 2 +1+𝑥𝑥
4 arcosh 𝑥𝑥 = Multiply
1
by
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
√𝑥𝑥 − 1 𝑥𝑥+�𝑥𝑥 2 +1 �𝑥𝑥 2 +1

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
5 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟐𝟐
√𝒖𝒖 − 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arcosh(𝑥𝑥) = arcosh(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function. Let
2 arcosh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sinh(arcosh(𝑥𝑥)) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = cosh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
arcosh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ln�𝑥𝑥+�𝑥𝑥 2 −1� �𝑥𝑥 2 −1�
3 e − e− ln�𝑥𝑥+ Use the exponential and logarithmic forms
2
𝑑𝑑 2
4 arcosh(𝑥𝑥) = Rewrite 2 to the numerator
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 2 −1� � 2
eln�𝑥𝑥+ − e− ln�𝑥𝑥+ 𝑥𝑥 −1�
𝑑𝑑 2
arcosh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 ln�𝑥𝑥+�𝑥𝑥 2 −1� 1 � 2
5 e − Rewrite e− ln�𝑥𝑥+ 𝑥𝑥 −1� as a reciprocal
ln�𝑥𝑥+�𝑥𝑥 2 −1�
e
𝑑𝑑 2
arcosh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 �𝑥𝑥 2 −1�
6 �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1� − eln�𝑥𝑥+ = 𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 − 1
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1�
𝑑𝑑 2
arcosh(𝑥𝑥) = 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1� − 1
7 Add the two terms together
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1�
𝑑𝑑 2
arcosh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑥𝑥√𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 − 2
2
8 Square �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1� then combine like terms
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 + 1�
𝑑𝑑 2
arcosh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2�𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑥√𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 − 1�
9 Factor 2 from the numerator
�𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1�

𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1�
arcosh(𝑥𝑥) = Move �𝑥𝑥 + √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1� to the numerator and divide 2 by
10 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑥√𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 − 1� 2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

2 (𝑥𝑥 2
𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 − − 1)
arcosh(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥−�𝑥𝑥 2 +1
11 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 Multiply the right-hand side by
𝑥𝑥−�𝑥𝑥 2 +1
𝑑𝑑 1
12 arcosh(𝑥𝑥) = Multiply (𝑥𝑥 2 + 1) by −1 then subtract 𝑥𝑥 2 from 𝑥𝑥 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
√𝑥𝑥 − 1

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
13 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 √𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

INVERSE HYPERBOLIC TANGENT

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = artanh(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 tanh(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the hyperbolic tangent of both sides

2 (𝑦𝑦) 2
3 sech = 1 − tanh (𝑦𝑦) Use the Pythagorean Identity 1 − tanh2 (𝑥𝑥) = sech2 (𝑥𝑥)

4 sech2 (𝑦𝑦) = 1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 sech2 (𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 = Divide both sides by cos(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sech2 (𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
7 artanh(𝑥𝑥) = Use statement 1 on the left side and statement 4 on the right
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 − 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING LOGARITHMIC FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1 − 𝑥𝑥 Given. Logarithmic form of inverse hyperbolic
1 artanh 𝑥𝑥 = ln � �
2 1 + 𝑥𝑥 tangent.
𝑑𝑑 1 1 + 𝑥𝑥 (1 − 𝑥𝑥) + (1 + 𝑥𝑥)
artanh 𝑥𝑥 = � � �� 𝑑𝑑 1
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 1 − 𝑥𝑥 (1 + 𝑥𝑥)2 Derivative Rules 3, 6 and 7 and ln 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢

𝑑𝑑 1 1 + 𝑥𝑥 2
3 artanh 𝑥𝑥 = � � �� Add (1 − 𝑥𝑥) to (1 + 𝑥𝑥) to 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 1 − 𝑥𝑥 (1 + 𝑥𝑥)2
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1+𝑥𝑥 2
4 artanh 𝑥𝑥 = Multiply by and then by (1+𝑥𝑥)2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (1 − 𝑥𝑥)(1 + 𝑥𝑥) 2 1−𝑥𝑥
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
5 artanh 𝑥𝑥 = Multiply (1 − 𝑥𝑥) by (1 + 𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 − 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
6 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 artanh(𝑥𝑥) = artanh(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function.
2 artanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sec 2 (artanh(𝑥𝑥)) Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = tanh(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
artanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4
3 1−𝑥𝑥 1−𝑥𝑥 Exponential and logarithmic forms
ln� � − ln� �
e 1+𝑥𝑥 +2+e 1+𝑥𝑥

𝑑𝑑 1
artanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4 1−𝑥𝑥
Rewrite e− ln�1+𝑥𝑥� as a reciprocal
4 1−𝑥𝑥 1
ln� �
e 1+𝑥𝑥 +2+ 1−𝑥𝑥
ln� �
e 1+𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 1
artanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4 1−𝑥𝑥
1 − 𝑥𝑥 1 1−𝑥𝑥
5 eln�1+𝑥𝑥� =
1 + 𝑥𝑥 + 2 + 1 − 𝑥𝑥 1+𝑥𝑥
1 + 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 1
artanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4 1−𝑥𝑥
6 1 − 𝑥𝑥 1 + 𝑥𝑥 Get the reciprocal of
1+𝑥𝑥
1 + 𝑥𝑥 + 2 + 1 − 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 1
artanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4
7 (1 − 𝑥𝑥)2 + 2(1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 ) + (1 + 𝑥𝑥)2 Add all terms
(1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 )

𝑑𝑑 (1 − 𝑥𝑥)2 + 2(1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 ) + (1 + 𝑥𝑥)2 Move 1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 to the denominator and (1 − 𝑥𝑥)2 +

8 artanh(𝑥𝑥) =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4(1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 ) 2(1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 ) + (1 + 𝑥𝑥)2 to the numerator
2
𝑑𝑑 �(1 − 𝑥𝑥) + (1 + 𝑥𝑥)�
9 artanh(𝑥𝑥) = Perfect Square Trinomial
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4(1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 )
𝑑𝑑 (2)2
10 artanh(𝑥𝑥) = Add 1 − 𝑥𝑥 to 1 + 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4(1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 )
𝑑𝑑 4
11 artanh(𝑥𝑥) = Square 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4(1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 )
𝑑𝑑 1
12 artanh(𝑥𝑥) = Divide 4 by 4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 − 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
13 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

INVERSE HYPERBOLIC COSECANT

From this point on, we will introduce a fourth method: using reciprocal arguments. Recall that:

1 1 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = arsinh � �, arsech(𝑥𝑥) = arcosh � �, and arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = artanh � �
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arcsch(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 csch(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the hyperbolic cosecant of both sides

3 coth(𝑦𝑦) = �csch2 (𝑦𝑦) + 1 Use the Pythagorean Identity coth2 (𝑥𝑥) − 1 = csch2 (𝑥𝑥)

4 coth(𝑦𝑦) = �𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 − csch(𝑦𝑦) coth(𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 =− Divide both sides by − csch(𝑦𝑦) coth(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 csch(𝑦𝑦) coth(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = − Use statement 1 on the left side and statements 2 and 4 on the
7 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 |𝑥𝑥|√𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 right. Use |𝑥𝑥| so all values can be covered
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING LOGARITHMIC FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1 Given. Logarithmic form of inverse hyperbolic

1 arcsch 𝑥𝑥 = ln � + � 2 + 1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 cosecant.

𝑑𝑑 1 1 −1
arcsch 𝑥𝑥 = ⎛− + ⎞ 𝑑𝑑 1
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 �1 𝑥𝑥 2 1 Derivative Rules 4 and 7 and ln 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
�𝑥𝑥 + + 1� ⎝ 𝑥𝑥 3 � + 1⎠ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥 2

1
𝑑𝑑 1 −𝑥𝑥� 2 + 1 − 1
⎛ 𝑥𝑥 ⎞ Add
−1
to −
1
3 arcsch 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 �1 1
1
𝑥𝑥 3 � 2 +1
+ + 1 ⎝ 𝑥𝑥 � 2 + 1 ⎠
3 𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥
1 1
−𝑥𝑥 �� + 1 + 𝑥𝑥 �
𝑑𝑑 1 ⎛ 𝑥𝑥 2 ⎞
4 arcsch 𝑥𝑥 = ⎜ ⎟ 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 �1 1 Factor a −𝑥𝑥 from −𝑥𝑥� +1−1
𝑥𝑥 2
+ + 1 𝑥𝑥 3 � 2 + 1
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥
⎝ ⎠
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
arcsch 𝑥𝑥 = − −𝑥𝑥�� 2 +1+ �
5 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 Multiply 1
1
by
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
and divide 𝑥𝑥 by 𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥 2 � 2 + 1 1 1
𝑥𝑥 +� 2 +1
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥 3 � 2 +1
𝑥𝑥

Rewrite 𝑥𝑥 2 as √𝑥𝑥 2 ⋅ 𝑥𝑥 2 and multiply a √𝑥𝑥 2 into

𝑑𝑑 1
6 arcsch 𝑥𝑥 = − �
1
+ 1 to remove negative powers and rewrite the
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 |𝑥𝑥|√1 + 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥 2

other √𝑥𝑥 2 as |𝑥𝑥|

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝟏𝟏 + 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = arcsch(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function.
2 arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 csch(arcsch(𝑥𝑥)) coth(arcsch(𝑥𝑥))
Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = csch(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
ln� +� 2 +1�
1 1
− ln� +� 2 +1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
3 e +e Exponential and logarithmic forms
𝑥𝑥 � �
1 1 1 1
ln� +� 2 +1� − ln� +� 2 +1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
e −e
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
ln� +� 2 +1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 1
e +
⎛ 1 1
ln� +� 2 +1�
⎞
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 1 1
4 |𝑥𝑥| ⎜ e ⎟ − ln� +� 2 +1�
⎜ 1 1 ⎟ Rewrite e 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
as a reciprocal
⎜ ln� +� 2 +1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 1 ⎟
e −
1 1
ln� +� 2 +1�
⎝ e 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
�𝑥𝑥 + � 2 + 1� +
𝑥𝑥 1
⎛ �1 ⎞
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 2 + 1⎟ ln�𝑥𝑥+�𝑥𝑥 2 +1� 1 � 1
1 1
5 ⎜
|𝑥𝑥| ⎜ e = + +1
⎟ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2
⎜�1 + � 1 + 1� − 1 ⎟
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 1 �1
⎝ 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 2 + 1⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
� + � 2 + 1� + 1
⎛ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 ⎞
⎜ 1 �1 ⎟
⎜ + 2+1 ⎟
6 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 Combine terms
|𝑥𝑥| ⎜ 2
⎟
⎜ 1 1 ⎟
⎜ �𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 + 1� − 1 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
1 �1
+ +1
⎝ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 ⎠
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
� + � 2 + 1� + 1
⎛ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 ⎞
7 |𝑥𝑥| ⎜ Simplify the complex fraction
2 ⎟
1 1
� + � 2 + 1� − 1
⎝ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 2 1
+ 𝑥𝑥 � 2 + 1 + 2
2 1 1
8 |𝑥𝑥| ⎛𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 ⎞ Square � + �
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2
+ 1� and combine like terms
2 2� 1
+ +1
⎝ 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
1 1 Factor 2 from the numerator and from the
⎛𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 + 𝑥𝑥 ⎞ 𝑥𝑥
9 |𝑥𝑥| ⎜ denominator, then divide 2 by 2 and move x to the
1 1 ⎟
�𝑥𝑥 + � 2 + 1� numerator.
𝑥𝑥
⎝ ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = − 1 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥
−� 2 +1
𝑥𝑥
−𝑥𝑥� 2 + 1 Multiply the fraction in the denominator by 1
10 |𝑥𝑥| ⎛ 𝑥𝑥 ⎞ 1
−� 2 +1
−1 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥

⎝ ⎠ and combine like terms

𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑥𝑥) = − Divide -x by -1 and multiply x into the radical to
11 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 |𝑥𝑥|√1 + 𝑥𝑥 2 remove negative powers
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
13 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝟏𝟏 + 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING RECIPROCAL ARGUMENTS

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
1 arsinh(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative of inverse hyperbolic sine
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
√𝑢𝑢 + 1
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
arsinh � � = 𝑑𝑑 � � 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 2 𝑢𝑢 Let 𝑢𝑢 =
2 ��1� + 1 𝑢𝑢
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1 1
arcsch(𝑢𝑢) = − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 arcsch(𝑢𝑢) = arsinh � �, then square in the radical and get the
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
� 12 + 1
3 𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢
1
𝑢𝑢 derivative of
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 Multiply by −
1 𝑢𝑢2
𝑢𝑢2 � 2 + 1 � 2+1
𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
√𝑢𝑢2 �𝑢𝑢2 �1 + � Rewrite 𝑢𝑢2 as √𝑢𝑢2 ⋅ 𝑢𝑢2 and multiply a √𝑢𝑢2 into the radical to
𝑢𝑢2
5 𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 remove negative powers inside the radical. Rewrite the other
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 √𝑢𝑢2 as |𝑢𝑢|
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖|√𝟏𝟏 + 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
∎

INVERSE HYPERBOLIC SECANT

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arsech(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 sech(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the hyperbolic secant of both sides

3 tanh(𝑦𝑦) = �1 − sech2 (𝑦𝑦) Use the Pythagorean Identity 1 − tanh2 (𝑥𝑥) = sech2 (𝑥𝑥)

4 tanh(𝑦𝑦) = �1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 − sech(𝑦𝑦) tanh(𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 = Divide both sides by − sech(𝑦𝑦) tanh(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sech(𝑦𝑦) tanh(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1 Use statement 1 on the left side and statements 2 and 4 on the
7 arsech(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥√1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 right.
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
8 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖√𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING LOGARITHMIC FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1 Given. Logarithmic form of inverse hyperbolic

1 arsech 𝑥𝑥 = ln � + � 2 − 1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 secant.

𝑑𝑑 1 1 −1
arsech 𝑥𝑥 = ⎛− + ⎞ 𝑑𝑑 1
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1 𝑥𝑥 2
1 Derivative Rules 4 and 7 and ln 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
�𝑥𝑥 + � 2 − 1� ⎝ 𝑥𝑥 3 � 2 − 1⎠ 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥

1
𝑑𝑑 1 −𝑥𝑥� 2 − 1 − 1
⎛ 𝑥𝑥 ⎞ Add
−1
to −
1
3 arsech 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 �1 1
1
𝑥𝑥 3 � 2 −1
+ − 1 ⎝ 𝑥𝑥 � 2 − 1 ⎠
3 𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1
−𝑥𝑥 �� − 1 + 𝑥𝑥 �
𝑑𝑑 1 ⎛ 𝑥𝑥 2 ⎞
4 arsech 𝑥𝑥 = ⎜ ⎟ 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 �1 1 Factor a −𝑥𝑥 from −𝑥𝑥� +1−1
𝑥𝑥 2
+ − 1 𝑥𝑥 3 � 2 − 1
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥
⎝ ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
arsech 𝑥𝑥 = − −𝑥𝑥�� 2 −1+ �
5 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 Multiply 1
1
by
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
and divide 𝑥𝑥 by 𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥 2 � 2 − 1 1 1
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
+� 2 −1
𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥 3 � 2 −1
𝑥𝑥

𝑑𝑑 1 1
arsech 𝑥𝑥 = − Multiply an 𝑥𝑥 into � − 1 to remove negative
6 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 2
𝑥𝑥√1 − 𝑥𝑥 2
powers
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖√𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arsech(𝑥𝑥) = arsech(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function.
2 arsech(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 sech(arcsch(𝑥𝑥)) tanh(arsech(𝑥𝑥))
Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = sech(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
ln� +� 2 −1�
1 1
− ln� +� 2 −1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
3 e −e Exponential and logarithmic forms
𝑥𝑥 � �
1 1 1 1
ln� +� 2 −1� − ln� +� 2 −1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
e +e
𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
ln� +� 2 −1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 1
e −
⎛ 1 1
ln� +� 2 −1�
⎞
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 1 1
4 𝑥𝑥 ⎜ e ⎟ − ln� +� 2 −1�
⎜ 1 1 ⎟ Rewrite e 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
as a reciprocal
⎜ ln� +� 2 −1�
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 1 ⎟
e +
1 1
ln� +� 2 −1�
⎝ e 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
�𝑥𝑥 + � 2 − 1� −
𝑥𝑥 1
⎛ �1 ⎞
𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 2 − 1⎟
1 1
⎜ ln� +� 2 −1� 1 1
5 𝑥𝑥 ⎜ e 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
= +� 2−1
⎟ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥
⎜�1 + � 1 − 1� + 1 ⎟
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2
1 �1
+ − 1
⎝ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 ⎠
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑥𝑥) = − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
� + � 2 − 1� − 1
⎛ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 ⎞
⎜ 1 �1 ⎟
⎜ + 2−1 ⎟
6 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 Combine terms
𝑥𝑥 ⎜ 2
⎟
⎜ 1 1 ⎟
⎜ �𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 − 1� + 1 ⎟
⎜ ⎟
1 �1
+ −1
⎝ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑥𝑥) = − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
� + � 2 − 1� − 1
⎛ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 ⎞
7 𝑥𝑥 ⎜ Simplify the complex fraction
2 ⎟
1 1
�𝑥𝑥 + � 2 − 1� + 1
⎝ 𝑥𝑥 ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 2� 1
+ −1−2 1 1
8 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 Square � + � − 1� and combine like terms
𝑥𝑥 ⎛ ⎞
𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2
2 2� 1
+ −1
⎝ 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
1 1 Factor 2 from the numerator and from the
⎛𝑥𝑥 + �𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 − 𝑥𝑥 ⎞ 𝑥𝑥
9 𝑥𝑥 ⎜ denominator, then divide 2 by 2 and move x to the
1 1 ⎟
�𝑥𝑥 + � 2 − 1� numerator.
𝑥𝑥
⎝ ⎠
𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑥𝑥) = − 1 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥
−� 2 −1
𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥� 2 − 1 Multiply the fraction in the denominator by 1
10 𝑥𝑥 1
𝑥𝑥 ⎛ ⎞ −� 2 −1
1 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥

⎝ ⎠ and combine like terms

𝑑𝑑 1 Divide -x by -1 and multiply x into the radical to
11 arsech(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥√1 − 𝑥𝑥 2 remove negative powers
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
13 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖√𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐 Derivative Rule 7
∎

USING RECIPROCAL ARGUMENTS

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
1 arcosh(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative of inverse hyperbolic cosine
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √1 − 𝑢𝑢2
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
arcosh � � = 𝑑𝑑 � � 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 2 𝑢𝑢 Let 𝑢𝑢 =
2 ��1� − 1 𝑢𝑢
𝑢𝑢
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1 1 1 1
arsech(𝑢𝑢) = �− � 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 arsech(𝑢𝑢) = arcosh � �, then square in the radical and get
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢2
� 12 − 1
3 𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢
1
𝑢𝑢 the derivative of
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 Multiply by −
1 𝑢𝑢2
𝑢𝑢2 � −1 � 2−1
𝑢𝑢2 𝑢𝑢

𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
𝑢𝑢�𝑢𝑢2 �1 − �
𝑢𝑢2
Multiply a 𝑢𝑢 into the radical to remove negative powers inside
5 𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 the radical
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖√𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
∎

INVERSE HYPERBOLIC COTANGENT

USING CHAIN RULE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arcoth(𝑥𝑥) Given

2 coth(𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 Get the hyperbolic cotangent of both sides

3 csch2 (𝑦𝑦) = coth2 (𝑦𝑦) − 1 Use the Pythagorean Identity coth2 (𝑥𝑥) − 1 = csch2 (𝑥𝑥)

4 csch2 (𝑦𝑦) = 𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 From statement 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Use Derivative Rule 7 to differentiate the left side of statement
5 −csch2 (𝑦𝑦) =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 and use Derivative Rule 2-bis to differentiate the right side.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
6 =− Divide both sides by cos(𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 csch2 (𝑦𝑦)
𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 − 1 Use statement 1 on the left side and statement 4 on the right
7 𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = (OPTIONAL) Multiply 𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 by −1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 − 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝟐𝟐 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 − 𝟏𝟏
8 𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
∎

USING LOGARITHMIC FORMS

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑥𝑥 − 1 Given. Logarithmic form of inverse hyperbolic
1 arcoth 𝑥𝑥 = ln � �
2 𝑥𝑥 + 1 cotangent.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥 + 1 (𝑥𝑥 + 1) − (𝑥𝑥 − 1)
arcoth 𝑥𝑥 = � � �� 𝑑𝑑 1
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑥𝑥 − 1 (𝑥𝑥 + 1)2 Derivative Rules 3, 6 and 7 and ln 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢

𝑑𝑑 1 𝑥𝑥 + 1 −2
3 arcoth 𝑥𝑥 = � � �� Add (1 − 𝑥𝑥) to (1 + 𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑥𝑥 − 1 (𝑥𝑥 + 1)2
𝑑𝑑 1 1 𝑥𝑥+1 −2
4 arcoth 𝑥𝑥 = − Multiply by and then by (𝑥𝑥+1)2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (𝑥𝑥 − 1)(𝑥𝑥 + 1) 2 𝑥𝑥−1

𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth 𝑥𝑥 = − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 − 1 Multiply (𝑥𝑥 − 1) by (𝑥𝑥 + 1)
5 𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth 𝑥𝑥 = (OPTIONAL) Multiply 𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 by -1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 − 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝟐𝟐 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 − 𝟏𝟏
6 𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
∎

USING DERIVATIVE OF AN INVERSE FUNCTION

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = arcoth(𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1 Derivative Rule 8: Derivative of an Inverse Function.
2 arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 csc 2 (arcoth(𝑥𝑥)) Let 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = coth(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4
3 𝑥𝑥−1 𝑥𝑥−1 Exponential and logarithmic forms
ln� � − ln� �
e 𝑥𝑥+1 −2+e 𝑥𝑥+1

𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4 𝑥𝑥−1
4 Rewrite e− ln�𝑥𝑥+1� as a reciprocal
𝑥𝑥−1 1
ln� �
e 𝑥𝑥+1 −2+ 𝑥𝑥−1
ln� �
e 𝑥𝑥+1
𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4 𝑥𝑥−1
𝑥𝑥 − 1 1 𝑥𝑥−1
5 eln�𝑥𝑥+1� =
𝑥𝑥 + 1 − 2 + 𝑥𝑥 − 1 𝑥𝑥+1
𝑥𝑥 + 1
𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4 𝑥𝑥−1
6 𝑥𝑥 − 1 𝑥𝑥 + 1 Get the reciprocal of
𝑥𝑥+1
𝑥𝑥 + 1 − 2 + 𝑥𝑥 − 1
𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4
7 (𝑥𝑥 − 1)2 − 2(𝑥𝑥 2 − 1) + (𝑥𝑥 + 1)2 Add all terms
(𝑥𝑥 2 − 1)

𝑑𝑑 (𝑥𝑥 − 1)2 − 2(𝑥𝑥 2 − 1) + (𝑥𝑥 + 1)2 Move 𝑥𝑥 2 − 1 to the denominator and (𝑥𝑥 − 1)2 +
8 arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4(𝑥𝑥 2 − 1) 2(𝑥𝑥 2 − 1) + (𝑥𝑥 + 1)2 to the numerator
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

2
𝑑𝑑 �(𝑥𝑥 − 1) − (𝑥𝑥 + 1)�
9 arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = − Perfect Square Trinomial
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4(𝑥𝑥 2 − 1)
𝑑𝑑 (−2)2
10 arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = − Add 1 − 𝑥𝑥 to 1 + 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4(𝑥𝑥 2 − 1)
𝑑𝑑 4
11 arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = − 2 Square 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4(𝑥𝑥 − 1)
𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 − 1 Divide 4 by 4
12 𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑥𝑥) = (OPTIONAL) Multiply the denominator by -1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 − 𝑥𝑥 2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝟐𝟐 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 − 𝟏𝟏
13 𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 Derivative Rule 7
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
∎

USING RECIPROCAL ARGUMENTS

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑑𝑑 1
1 artanh(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Derivative of inverse hyperbolic tangent
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 − 𝑢𝑢2
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1
artanh � � = 2 𝑑𝑑 � � 1
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 1 𝑢𝑢 Let 𝑢𝑢 =
1−� � 𝑢𝑢
𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1 1 1 1
arccot(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 arcoth(𝑢𝑢) = artanh � �, then square in the denominator and
3 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑢𝑢2 𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢
1− 2 get the derivative of
1
𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢
𝑑𝑑 1
arcoth(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Multiply
1
by −
1
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 1
𝑢𝑢2 �1 − 2 � 1+ 2 𝑢𝑢2
𝑢𝑢 𝑢𝑢

𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝟐𝟐 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 − 𝟏𝟏 1
Multiply 1 + by 𝑢𝑢2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 𝑢𝑢2
5
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 (OPTIONAL) Multiply the denominator by −1
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
∎

WORD OF ADVICE ON THESE FUNCTIONS

For all of these functions, there is a restriction of domains. The domain restrictions are as follows (Pay especially
close attention to the ones for artanh 𝑢𝑢 and arcoth 𝑢𝑢, as these two have the same derivatives):

Function & Derivative Domain Restrictions of Derivatives

𝑑𝑑 1
arsinh(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 None
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 √𝑢𝑢2 + 1
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

𝑑𝑑 1
arcosh(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 > 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
√𝑢𝑢 − 1
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖| < 𝟏𝟏
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐
𝑑𝑑 1
arcsch(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 ≠ 0
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 |𝑢𝑢|√𝑢𝑢2 + 1
𝑑𝑑 1
arsech(𝑢𝑢) = − 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 0 < 𝑢𝑢 < 1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢√1 − 𝑢𝑢2
𝒅𝒅 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚𝐚(𝒖𝒖) = − 𝟐𝟐 = 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 |𝒖𝒖| > 𝟏𝟏
𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖 − 𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏 − 𝒖𝒖𝟐𝟐

EXAMPLES OF USING DERIVATIVE RULES FOR INVERSE HYPERBOLIC FUNCTIONS

Find the derivative of:

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = arsinh(6𝑥𝑥)

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = arsinh(6𝑥𝑥) Given

6
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 𝑑𝑑
arcsin(𝑢𝑢) =
1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, where 𝑢𝑢 = 6𝑥𝑥
2 �(6𝑥𝑥)2 + 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑢𝑢2 +1

6
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) =
3 √36𝑥𝑥 2 + 1 Square 6x in the radical
∎

Find the derivative of:

𝑦𝑦 = arcosh(ln 𝑥𝑥)

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = arcosh(ln 𝑥𝑥) Given

𝑑𝑑 1 1
2 arcosh(ln(𝑥𝑥)) = 𝑑𝑑
arcosh(𝑢𝑢) =
1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑, where 𝑢𝑢 = ln 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �(ln 𝑥𝑥)2 − 1 𝑥𝑥 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 �𝑢𝑢2 −1

𝑑𝑑 1
arcosh(ln(𝑥𝑥)) = 1 1
3 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥�(ln 𝑥𝑥)2 − 1 Multiply by
�(ln 𝑥𝑥)2 −1 𝑥𝑥

∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

CHAPTER 3 APPLICATIONS OF DERIVATIVES

MODULE 9 MAXIMA AND MINIMA

DEFINITION OF MAXIMA AND MINIMA

With the help of calculus, we can determine minimum and maximum values of functions. Minimum and maximum
values are collectively called extrema (singular extremum). Minimum values are collectively called minima (singular
minimum) and maximum values are collectively called maxima (singular maximum).

TYPES OF EXTREMA

Extrema come in two types:

1. Relative extrema – these points are higher or lower than any of its neighboring points on the graph of
the function. The y-values of these points are either greater or less than the y-values of the neighboring
points.
a. Relative minima – these points are lower than the neighboring points on the graph.
b. Relative maxima – these points are higher than the neighboring points on the graph.
2. Absolute extrema – these points are highest or lowest of any point of the graph of the function when
defined on an interval (or its entire domain when no interval is defined)
a. Absolute minima – these points are the lowest points of the graph in the defined interval (or its
entire domain when no interval is defined)
b. Absolute maxima – these points are the highest points of the graph in the defined interval (or its
entire domain when no interval is defined)

Note that relative extrema can also become absolute extrema whether defined on an interval or not, and some
absolute extrema can become relative extrema when the interval is changed. You’ll see what I mean when we get
to determining relative and absolute extrema.

DETERMINING MAXIMA AND MINIMA OF FUNCTIONS

RELATIVE MAXIMA AND MINIMA

In solving for relative minima and maxima, we start by getting the derivative of the function.

For example, let’s find the minima and maxima of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 3 − 3𝑥𝑥 + 1. Get 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥).

𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 3

After that, set the derivative equal to 0. Why 0 of all values? The line tangent to a relative extremum of a graph is
always horizontal, and a horizontal line has a slope of 0. That tangent line will have an equation of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑐𝑐 or 𝑦𝑦 −
𝑐𝑐 = 0 where c is any number.

0 = 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 3

Note that this will not always be the case for an absolute extremum.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Solve for 𝑥𝑥 to get what values have relative extrema.

0 = 3(𝑥𝑥 2 − 1)
0 = 3(𝑥𝑥 − 1)(𝑥𝑥 + 1)

In this case, we get the values 𝑥𝑥 = 1 and 𝑥𝑥 = −1. These two values are called the critical values.

Once we’ve found the values of 𝑥𝑥, substitute those values into the original function.

𝑓𝑓(−1) = (−1)3 − 3(−1) + 1 = (−1) + 3 + 1 = 3

𝑓𝑓(1) = (1)3 − 3(1) + 1 = 1 − 3 + 1 = −1

We therefore have the points (−1, 3) and (1, −1) as relative extrema. These are also called critical points. There
are multiple ways to test if a certain extremum is a minimum or a maximum.

Other cases of minima or maxima exist where the function is continuous but the derivative does not exist.

TESTING NEARBY POINTS DIRECTLY

We can test nearby points and compare the 𝑦𝑦 values to see whether the critical point is a maximum or minimum.
Good points to test are in between two extrema and values close to the extrema. In this case, let’s try testing 𝑥𝑥 =
0.

𝑓𝑓(0) = (0)3 − 3(0) + 1 = 1

𝑓𝑓(1) < 𝑓𝑓(0) < 𝑓𝑓(−1), so (1, −1) is a relative minimum, and (−1, 3) is a relative maximum.

FIRST DERIVATIVE TEST

We use the first derivative in this test, but we do not set 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 0. We do, however, substitute nearby values
much like earlier. Here, let’s try testing 𝑥𝑥 = −2, 0, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 2

𝑓𝑓 ′ (−2) = 3(−2)2 − 3 = 3(4) − 3 = 9

𝑓𝑓 ′ (0) = 3(0)3 − 3 = −3

𝑓𝑓 ′ (2) = 3(2)2 − 3 = 3(4) − 3 = 9

For a relative maximum, the signs of the first derivatives or slopes of the tangent lines at those points are in this
order: +, 0, −, meaning, points to the left of the critical point have tangent lines with positive slopes while points
to the right of the critical point have tangent lines with negative slopes. For a relative minimum on the other hand,
the sequence goes in the reverse order. Here is a table of values to illustrate this.

𝒙𝒙 -2 -1 0 1 2
𝒇𝒇′ (𝒙𝒙) 9 0 -3 0 9
From -2 to 0, the slopes of the tangent lines went from positive to negative. This indicates the point (−1, 3) is a
relative maximum. From 0 to -2, the slopes of the tangent lines went from negative to positive. This indicates the
point (1, −1) is a relative minimum.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

SECOND DERIVATIVE TEST

A third way of testing whether a critical point is a maximum or a minimum is through the second derivative test.
Now, the second derivative is the first derivative of the first derivative. That might sound kind of confusing, so
𝑑𝑑
here’s basically what it is: Given any function 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥), its first derivative is 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) or 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥). To get the second
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
derivative, take the derivative again, so basically get the derivative of 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥). This shows the second derivative is
𝑑𝑑 2
𝑓𝑓 ′′ (𝑥𝑥) or 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥). We’ll discuss this further in Module 11.
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2

Now, from our earlier example, we have:

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 3 − 3𝑥𝑥 + 1 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 3

We then get the derivative of 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) to get 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (𝑥𝑥) = 6𝑥𝑥. We then substitute the critical values into the second
derivative. The conditions are as follows: If 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (𝑐𝑐) < 0, the critical point is a relative maximum, if 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (𝑐𝑐) > 0, the
critical point is a relative minimum, if 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (𝑐𝑐) = 0, the test is inconclusive (it can either just happen to have a
horizontal tangent line without being a minimum (such as the function 𝑥𝑥 3 ), such as a horizontal inflection point; or
have a nonexistent derivative, such as a vertical inflection point)

Now, let’s test these values:

𝑓𝑓 ′′ (−1) = 6(−1) = −6, 𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎𝑎 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (1) = 6(1) = 6

In this case, 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (−1) < 0, so the point (−1, 3) is a relative maximum. On the other hand, 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (1) > 0, so the point
(1, −1) is a relative minimum.

ABSOLUTE MAXIMA AND MINIMA

Absolute extrema can be found similarly. Suppose we have the same function 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 3 − 3𝑥𝑥 + 1, but defined
only over an interval [−2, 2]. We follow a similar process for finding absolute minima and maxima. A major
difference is testing the endpoints of the interval. First, let’s review interval notation: the interval (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏) indicates 𝑎𝑎
and 𝑏𝑏 are excluded; the interval (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏] indicates that 𝑏𝑏 is included but not 𝑎𝑎; the interval [𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏) indicates that 𝑎𝑎 is
included but not 𝑏𝑏; and the interval [𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏] indicates 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 are included in this interval.

In this case, the interval is [−2, 2], so both -2 and 2 are included. We’ve already tested for relative minima and
maxima earlier, so we should now test the endpoints. 𝑓𝑓(−2) = (−2)3 − 3(−2) + 1 = −8 + 6 + 1 = −1 and
𝑓𝑓(2) = (2)3 − 3(2) + 1 = 8 − 6 + 1 = 3. We now have four points to check: (−2, −1), (−1, 3), (1, −1), and
(2, 3). We already know (−1, 3) is a relative maximum. The endpoint (2, 3) has the same y-value, so both of
these points are absolute maxima. This shows that a relative maximum can become an absolute maximum. We
also know (1, −1) is a relative minimum. The endpoint (−2, −1) has the same y-value, so both of these points are
absolute minima.

The first derivative test can also be used for this. Suppose 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐 is a critical point of 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) and 𝑐𝑐 is in the interval. If
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) > 0 for all 𝑥𝑥 < 𝑐𝑐 and 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) < 0 for all 𝑥𝑥 > 𝑐𝑐 then 𝑓𝑓(𝑐𝑐) is an absolute maximum. Similarly, if 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) < 0 for
all 𝑥𝑥 < 𝑐𝑐 and 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) > 0 for all 𝑥𝑥 > 𝑐𝑐 then 𝑓𝑓(𝑐𝑐) is an absolute minimum. The second derivative test can be used
similarly as well. Here, if 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (𝑥𝑥) > 0 for all 𝑥𝑥 in the interval, then 𝑓𝑓(𝑐𝑐) is an absolute minimum and if 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (𝑥𝑥) < 0
for all 𝑥𝑥 in the interval, then 𝑓𝑓(𝑐𝑐) is an absolute maximum.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 10 MEAN VALUE THEOREM AND ROLLE’S THEOREM

WHAT IS THE MEAN VALUE THEOREM AND ROLLE’S THEOREM?

For any curve between any two endpoints 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏, a point 𝑐𝑐 exists where the tangent line at 𝑐𝑐 is parallel to the
secant line through 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏.

The mean value theorem (MVT) states: if a function is continuous on a closed interval [𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏] and is
differentiable on the open interval (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏), then there is a number 𝑐𝑐 in that interval such that:

𝑓𝑓(𝑏𝑏) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎)
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑐𝑐) =
𝑏𝑏 − 𝑎𝑎

This extends the intermediate value theorem in Limits. The mean value theorem has a special case.

Rolle’s Theorem is that special case. It is simply the mean value theorem where 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑏𝑏), or equivalently,
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑐𝑐) = 0.

Steps in using these theorems:

Mean Value Theorem Rolle’s Theorem

Find out if the function is continuous and Find out if the function is continuous and
differentiable. The latter can be verified by getting the differentiable. The latter can be verified by getting the
derivative, while the former can be checked if values derivative, while the former can be checked if values
not in the domain of the function are inside the given not in the domain of the function are inside the given
interval. interval.
Check that the derivative is continuous Check that the derivative is continuous
′ (𝑐𝑐)
Substitute 𝑓𝑓 in the formula with the derivative Substitute the endpoints of the interval into the
found original function to check if they are of the same
height. If they are, this theorem applies. If they are
not, the mean value theorem might still apply.
Plug in the two boundaries 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 into the right side Equate 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑐𝑐) = 0
of the formula. Here, 𝑏𝑏 is the ending point of the
interval while 𝑎𝑎 is the starting point of the interval.
Substitute 𝑎𝑎 and 𝑏𝑏 into the original function to get the Solve for 𝑥𝑥
numerator
Solve for 𝑥𝑥

USING MEAN VALUE THEOREM

𝑥𝑥 2 1
Find a value of 𝑐𝑐 for 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = − + 𝑥𝑥 − ; [−2, 1] that satisfies the mean value theorem.
2 2

No. STATEMENT REASON

2
𝑥𝑥 1
1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = − + 𝑥𝑥 − ; [−2, 1] Given
2 2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

(−2)2 1 1 9
𝑓𝑓(−2) = − + (−2) − = −2 − 2 − = −
2 2 2 2 Test the endpoints. All polynomial functions are
2 (1)2 1 1 1
𝑓𝑓(1) = − + (1) − = − + 1 − = 0 continuous over the entire real number line.
2 2 2 2
9 Mean Value Theorem. Get the derivative of the
0 − �− �
3 −𝑐𝑐 + 1 = 2 function, substitute 𝑥𝑥 with 𝑐𝑐, and let 𝑎𝑎 = −2,
1 − (−2) 9
𝑏𝑏 = 1, 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎) = − , and 𝑓𝑓(𝑏𝑏) = 0
2

3 9
Subtract from 0 and subtract -2 from 1, then
4 −𝑐𝑐 + 1 = 2
2 divide the results

5 −2𝑐𝑐 + 2 = 3 Multiply both sides by 2

6 −2𝑐𝑐 = 1 Subtract 2 from both sides

𝟏𝟏
𝒄𝒄 = −
7 𝟐𝟐 Divide both sides by -2
∎

USING ROLLE’S THEOREM

Again, we note that Rolle’s Theorem is just a special case of the mean value theorem where 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑐𝑐) = 0. Find the
value 𝑐𝑐 for 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −𝑥𝑥 3 + 4𝑥𝑥 2 − 3; [0, 4] that satisfies Rolle’s Theorem.

No. STATEMENT REASON

3 2
1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = −𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑥𝑥 − 3; [0, 4] Given

𝑓𝑓(0) = −(0)3 + 4(0)2 − 3 = 0 + 0 − 3 = −3 Test the endpoints. All polynomials are

2 𝑓𝑓(4) = −(4)3 + 4(4)2 − 3 = −64 + 64 − 3 = −3 continuous over the entire real number line. The
two values equal, so Rolle’s Theorem applies.

−3𝑐𝑐 2 + 8𝑐𝑐 = 0 Rolle’s Theorem. Equate the derivative to 0 and

3
let 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑐𝑐

4 𝑐𝑐(−3𝑐𝑐 + 8) = 0 Factor a 𝑐𝑐 from the left side

5 𝑐𝑐 = 0 and −3𝑐𝑐 + 8 = 0 Solve for 𝑐𝑐. Work on the non-zero root

6 −3𝑐𝑐 = −8 Subtract 8 from both side

𝟖𝟖
𝒄𝒄 =
7 𝟑𝟑 Divide both sides by -3
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

WHAT WE CAN PROVE USING THE MEAN VALUE THEOREM

If 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 0 for all 𝑥𝑥 in an interval (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏), then 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is constant on (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏)

No. STATEMENT REASON

′ (𝑥𝑥)
1 𝑓𝑓 = 0∀𝑥𝑥 ∈ (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏) → 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is constant on (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏) Given
𝑓𝑓(𝑏𝑏) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎)
2 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑐𝑐) = Mean Value Theorem
𝑏𝑏 − 𝑎𝑎
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥2 ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥1 )
3 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑐𝑐) = Substitute any 𝑥𝑥1 and 𝑥𝑥2 in the interval (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏)
𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1

4 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥2 ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥1 ) = 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑐𝑐)(𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1 ) Multiply both sides by (𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1 )

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥2 ) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥1 ) = 0 Since 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 0 for all 𝑥𝑥 in the interval, this

5
means 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑐𝑐) = 0

6 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥2 ) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥1 ) Add 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥1 ) to both sides

Since 𝑥𝑥1 and 𝑥𝑥2 are in the interval (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏), we see
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥2 ) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥1 ) → 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 0 that we have 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥2 ) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥1 ) for all 𝑥𝑥1 and 𝑥𝑥2 in
7
∎ that interval and the function is thus constant on
that interval.
If 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) for all 𝑥𝑥 in the interval (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏), then in this interval, we have 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) + 𝐶𝐶 where 𝐶𝐶 is a
constant

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥)∀𝑥𝑥 ∈ (𝑎𝑎, 𝑏𝑏) → 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) + 𝐶𝐶 Given

2 ℎ(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) Define ℎ(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)

ℎ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥) Get the derivative of both sides with respect to
3
𝑥𝑥

ℎ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 0 Since we assumed 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥), this means

4
ℎ′ (𝑥𝑥) = 0 from the earlier fact.

ℎ(𝑥𝑥) = 𝐶𝐶 The derivative of a constant is zero, so that

5
means ℎ(𝑥𝑥) is a constant 𝐶𝐶

6 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝐶𝐶 From statement 2

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) + 𝐶𝐶
7 Add 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) to both sides
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 11 HIGHER ORDER DERIVATIVES

WHAT ARE HIGHER ORDER DERIVATIVES?

Higher order derivatives are derivatives higher than the first derivative, which is the derivative of a
differentiable function. The first derivative of the given function is also a function, and the derivative of this first
derivative is known as the second derivative. The derivative of the second derivative is known as the third derivative.
Its derivative is the fourth derivative, and so on. In the table below is the notation for types of derivatives.

Notation First Second Third Fourth Nth Derivative

Derivative Derivative Derivative Derivative
Lagrange 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓 ′′ (𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓 ′′′ (𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓 (4) (𝑥𝑥) 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑓𝑓 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 (𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓 (𝑛𝑛) (𝑥𝑥), where n
(using f(x)) is in Roman
numerals or
parenthesized
Hindu-Arabic
numerals
Lagrange 𝑦𝑦 ′ 𝑦𝑦 ′′ 𝑦𝑦 ′′′ 𝑦𝑦 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 𝑦𝑦 (𝑛𝑛) , where 𝑛𝑛 is
(using y) in Roman
numerals
Leibniz 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑 3 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑 3 𝑑𝑑 4 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑 4 𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑛 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑛
𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 2 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 3 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 4 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑜𝑜𝑜𝑜 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 3 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 4 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 𝑛𝑛
2 (𝑦𝑦) 3 (𝑦𝑦) 4 (𝑦𝑦)
Euler 𝐷𝐷𝑥𝑥 (𝑦𝑦) 𝐷𝐷𝑥𝑥 𝐷𝐷𝑥𝑥 𝐷𝐷𝑥𝑥 𝐷𝐷𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 (𝑦𝑦)

EXAMPLE OF GETTING HIGHER ORDER DERIVATIVES

𝑥𝑥 6
Get the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth derivatives of 𝑦𝑦 =
720

𝑥𝑥 5
𝑦𝑦 ′ =
120

𝑥𝑥 4
𝑦𝑦 ′′ =
24

𝑥𝑥 3
𝑦𝑦 ′′′ =
6

𝑥𝑥 2
𝑦𝑦 𝐼𝐼𝐼𝐼 =
2

𝑦𝑦 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑥𝑥
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 12 OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS

INTRODUCTION TO OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS

Back in Module 9, we looked for the minima and maxima of a function. Here, we will be dealing with word
problems known as optimization problems. Here, other types of optimization problems are discussed, not just
finding maxima and minima of a function. In these problems, two equations are involved: the optimization
equation, which shows what is to be optimized (maximized or minimized), and the constraint, which is the
condition that the problem must satisfy. These optimizations have a lot of applications, especially in engineering
and business.

It is usually a good idea to make a sketch of the problem whenever applicable. Here, I did not include any sketches
but you should be able to figure them out easily or imagine them in your head.

EXAMPLES OF OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS

NUMBER PROBLEMS
1. Find two positive numbers whose sum is 240 and whose product is a maximum.

Part Statement
Given The sum of the two numbers is 240 and the product
is a maximum.
Asked Let’s declare two variables 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦, which represent
each number.
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑃𝑃 = 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥
Constraint: 240 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦
Solution Solve for y: 𝑦𝑦 = 240 − 𝑥𝑥
Substitute into the product: 𝑃𝑃 = 𝑥𝑥(240 − 𝑥𝑥)
Multiply (240 − 𝑥𝑥) by 𝑥𝑥: 𝑃𝑃 = 240𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 2
Get the derivative of both sides with respect to x:
𝑑𝑑
𝑃𝑃 = 240 − 2𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 240 − 2𝑥𝑥

Add 2x to both sides: 2𝑥𝑥 = 240
Divide both sides by 2: 𝑥𝑥 = 120
Let 𝑥𝑥 = 120 in the constraint: 240 = 𝑦𝑦 + 120
Subtract 120 from both sides: 120 = 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑 2
Test if this is a maximum: = −2, so this is a
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2
maximum
Answer The two numbers are 120 and 120.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

2. Find two positive numbers whose product is 343 and for which the sum of one and 7 times the other is a
minimum

Part Statement
Given The product of two numbers is 343 and the sum of
one number and 7 times the other is a minimum
Asked Let’s declare two variables 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦, which represent
each number, respectively.
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑆𝑆 = 𝑥𝑥 + 7𝑦𝑦
Constraint: 343 = 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥
343
Solution Solve for x: 𝑥𝑥 =
𝑦𝑦
343
Substitute into the sum: 𝑆𝑆 = + 7𝑦𝑦
𝑦𝑦

Get the derivative of both sides with respect to y:

𝑑𝑑 343
𝑆𝑆 = − +7
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦 2
343
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = − +7
𝑦𝑦 2

Multiply both sides by 𝑦𝑦 2 : 0 = 7𝑦𝑦 2 − 343

Subtract 343 from both sides: 7𝑦𝑦 2 = 343
Divide both sides by 7: 𝑦𝑦 2 = 49
Get the square root of both sides and take the
positive answer: 𝑦𝑦 = 7
Let 𝑦𝑦 = 7 in the constraint: 343 = 7𝑥𝑥
Divide both sides by 7: 49 = 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑 2 686 686 686
Test if this is a minimum: = = = = 2,
𝑑𝑑𝑦𝑦 2 𝑦𝑦 3 73 343
so this is a minimum
Answer The two numbers are 7 and 49.
3. Let 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦 be two positive numbers such that 𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 34 and (𝑥𝑥 + 2)(𝑦𝑦 − 2) is a maximum.

Part Statement
Given 𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦 = 34 and (𝑥𝑥 + 2)(𝑦𝑦 − 2) is a maximum.
Asked 𝑥𝑥 =? , 𝑦𝑦 =?
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑓𝑓 = (𝑥𝑥 + 2)(𝑦𝑦 − 2)
Constraint: 34 = 𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦
Solution Solve for x: 𝑥𝑥 = 34 − 3𝑦𝑦
Substitute into the optimization equation: 𝑓𝑓 =
(34 − 3𝑦𝑦 + 2)(𝑦𝑦 − 2)
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Add 2 to 34: 𝑓𝑓 = (36 − 3𝑦𝑦)(𝑦𝑦 − 2)

Multiply (36 − 3𝑦𝑦) by (𝑦𝑦 − 2): 𝑓𝑓 = −3𝑦𝑦 2 + 42𝑦𝑦 −
72
Get the derivative of both sides with respect to 𝑦𝑦:
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= −6𝑦𝑦 + 42
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = −6𝑦𝑦 + 42

Add 6y to both sides: 6𝑦𝑦 = 42
Divide both sides by 6: 𝑦𝑦 = 7
Let 𝑦𝑦 = 7 in the constraint: 𝑥𝑥 = 34 − 3(7)
Multiply -3 by 7: 𝑥𝑥 = 34 − 21
Subtract 21 from 34: 𝑥𝑥 = 13
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑓𝑓
Test if this is a maximum: = −6, so this is a
𝑑𝑑𝑦𝑦 2
maximum
Answer 𝑥𝑥 = 13 and 𝑦𝑦 = 7

ENCLOSING AN AREA

FENCE ON THREE SIDES

4. We need to enclose a rectangular field with a fence. We have 340 meters of fencing material and a
building is on one side of the field and won’t need any fencing. Determine the dimensions of the field that
will enclose the largest area.

Part Statement
Given 𝑃𝑃 = 340 𝑚𝑚, area to be maximized
Asked Let’s declare two variables 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦, which represent
the width and length of the field, respectively.
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝐴𝐴 = 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥
Constraint: 340 = 𝑦𝑦 + 2𝑥𝑥
Solution Solve for y: 𝑦𝑦 = 340 − 2𝑥𝑥
Substitute into the area: 𝐴𝐴 = 𝑥𝑥(340 − 2𝑥𝑥)
Multiply (250 − 2𝑥𝑥) by 𝑥𝑥: 𝐴𝐴 = 340𝑥𝑥 − 2𝑥𝑥 2
Get the derivative of both sides with respect to x:
𝑑𝑑
𝐴𝐴 = 340 − 4𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 340 − 4𝑥𝑥

Add 4x to both sides: 4𝑥𝑥 = 340
Divide both sides by 4: 𝑥𝑥 = 85
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Let 𝑥𝑥 = 85 in the constraint: 340 = 𝑦𝑦 + 2(85)

Multiply 2 by 85: 340 = 𝑦𝑦 + 170
Subtract 170 from both sides: 170 = 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑 2
Test if this is a maximum: = −4, so this is a
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2
maximum
Answer The dimensions of the field are 85 m by 170 m.

FENCE ON FOUR SIDES

5. Amir is going to fence in a rectangular field. From the bird’s eye view (the view from above) of the field,
the cost of the vertical sides are 800 Indian rupees per meter, the cost of the bottom is 240 Indian rupees
per meter, and the top is 560 Indian rupees per meter. If he has 48,000 Indian rupees, determine the
dimensions of the field that will maximize the enclosed area.

Part Statement
Given Budget is 48,000 Indian rupees, cost of vertical sides is
800 Indian rupees per meter, cost of bottom is 240
Indian rupees per meter, cost of top is 560 Indian
rupees per meter.
Asked Let’s declare two variables 𝑥𝑥 and 𝑦𝑦, which represent
the width and length of the field, respectively.
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝐴𝐴 = 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥
Constraint: 48 000 = 800𝑦𝑦 + 240𝑥𝑥 + 800𝑦𝑦 +
560𝑥𝑥 = 1600𝑦𝑦 + 800𝑥𝑥
Solution Solve for x: 𝑥𝑥 = 60 − 2𝑦𝑦
Substitute into the area: 𝐴𝐴 = 𝑦𝑦(60 − 2𝑦𝑦)
Multiply (60 − 2𝑦𝑦) by 𝑦𝑦: 𝐴𝐴 = 60𝑦𝑦 − 2𝑦𝑦 2
Get the derivative of both sides with respect to y:
𝑑𝑑
𝐴𝐴 = 60 − 4𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 60 − 4𝑦𝑦

Add 4y to both sides: 4𝑦𝑦 = 60
Divide both sides by 4: 𝑦𝑦 = 15
Let 𝑦𝑦 = 15 in the constraint: 48 000 = 1600(15) +
800𝑥𝑥
Multiply 1600 by 15: 48 000 = 24 000 + 800𝑥𝑥
Subtract 24000 from both sides: 24 000 = 800𝑥𝑥
Divide both sides by 800: 𝑥𝑥 = 30
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

𝑑𝑑 2
Test if this is a maximum: = −4, so this is a
𝑑𝑑𝑦𝑦 2
maximum
Answer The dimensions of the field are 15 m by 30 m.
6. Belle builds a rectangular garden with four partitions using 180 meters of fencing materials. How should
she partition the garden and what should be its dimensions so as to enclose the largest possible area?
(Note: There are two possible set-ups for this one, so there will be two constraint equations instead of
just one. The optimization equations simply change variables to avoid confusion)

Part Statement
Given 180 meters of fencing materials. Four partitions.
Possible set-ups: Set-up 1: One row of four partitions.
Set-up 2: Two rows of two partitions.
Asked Let’s declare two sets of two variables 𝑥𝑥1 and 𝑦𝑦1 and
𝑥𝑥2 and 𝑦𝑦2 which represent the width and length of the
field, respectively. Two set-ups are possible for this
one, hence we declared two sets of variables.
Formulas Optimization Equation 1: 𝐴𝐴1 = 𝑥𝑥1 𝑦𝑦1
Optimization Equation 2: 𝐴𝐴2 = 𝑥𝑥2 𝑦𝑦2
Constraint 1 (1 row of 4 partitions): 180 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 5𝑦𝑦
Constraint 2 (2 rows of 2 partitions): 180 = 3𝑥𝑥 + 3𝑦𝑦
5
Solution Solve for x in both constraints: 𝑥𝑥1 = 90 − 𝑦𝑦1 , 𝑥𝑥2 =
2
60 − 𝑦𝑦2
5
Substitute into the area: 𝐴𝐴1 = 𝑦𝑦 �90 − 𝑦𝑦�, 𝐴𝐴2 =
2
𝑦𝑦2 (60 − 𝑦𝑦2 )
5
Multiply (90 − 𝑦𝑦1 ) by 𝑦𝑦1 and (60 − 𝑦𝑦2 ) by 𝑦𝑦2 : 𝐴𝐴1 =
2
5
90𝑦𝑦1 − (𝑦𝑦1 )2 𝐴𝐴2 = 60𝑦𝑦2 − (𝑦𝑦2 )2
2

Get the derivative of both sides with respect to each y

𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑
variable: 𝐴𝐴1 = 90 − 5𝑦𝑦1 and 𝐴𝐴2 = 60 − 2𝑦𝑦2
𝑑𝑑𝑦𝑦1 𝑑𝑑𝑦𝑦2

Set the derivatives equal to 0: 0 = 90 − 5𝑦𝑦1 and 0 =

60 − 2𝑦𝑦2
Add 5𝑦𝑦1 and 2𝑦𝑦2 to both sides: 5𝑦𝑦1 = 90 and 2𝑦𝑦2 =
60
Divide both sides by 5 for optimization equation 1 and
2 for optimization equation 2: 𝑦𝑦1 = 18 and 𝑦𝑦2 = 30
Let 𝑦𝑦1 = 18 in constraint 1 and 𝑦𝑦2 = 30 in constraint
2: 180 = 2𝑥𝑥1 + 5(18) and 180 = 3𝑥𝑥2 + 3(30)
Multiply 5 by 18 and 3 by 30: 180 = 2𝑥𝑥1 + 90 and
180 = 3𝑥𝑥2 + 90
Subtract 90 from both sides: 90 = 2𝑥𝑥1 and 90 = 3𝑥𝑥2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Divide both sides by 2 for constraint 1 and 3 for

constraint 2: 𝑥𝑥1 = 45 and 𝑥𝑥2 = 30.
Compare both areas to see which of the two set-ups
maximizes the area: 𝐴𝐴1 = 18(45) = 810, 𝐴𝐴2 =
30(30) = 900.
𝑑𝑑 2
Test if 𝑦𝑦2 is a maximum: = −2, so this is a
𝑑𝑑𝑦𝑦22
maximum.
Answer The dimensions of the field are 30 m by 30 m if she
uses a two-by-two partitioning.

BOX AND SHAPE PROBLEMS

SINGLE 2D SHAPE PROBLEMS

7. Find the dimensions of a rectangle with an area of 289 mm2 whose perimeter is as small as possible.

Part Statement
Given Area is 289 mm2. Perimeter to be minimized.
Asked 𝑃𝑃 =?
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑃𝑃 = 2𝑙𝑙 + 2𝑤𝑤
Constraint: 289 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙
289
Solution Solve for l: 𝑙𝑙 =
𝑤𝑤

Substitute into the optimization equation: 𝑃𝑃 =

289
2� � + 2𝑤𝑤
𝑤𝑤
289 578
Multiply by 2: 𝑃𝑃 = + 2𝑤𝑤
𝑤𝑤 𝑤𝑤
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 578
Get the derivative with respect to w: =− +2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑤𝑤 2
578
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = − +2
𝑤𝑤 2

Multiply both sides by 𝑤𝑤 2 : 0 = −578 + 2𝑤𝑤 2

Add 578 to both sides: 2𝑤𝑤 2 = 578
Divide both sides by 2: 𝑤𝑤 2 = 289
Get the square root of both sides. Only the positive
answer should be considered as there are no negative
lengths: 𝑤𝑤 = 17
289
Let 𝑤𝑤 = 17 in the constraint: 𝑙𝑙 =
17

Divide 289 by 17: 𝑙𝑙 = 17

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑃𝑃 1156 1156 4
Test if this is a minimum: = = = , so
𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 2 𝑤𝑤 3 4913 17
this is a minimum
Answer The dimensions of the rectangle are 17 mm by 17 mm
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

SINGLE 3D SHAPE PROBLEMS

8. Clair wants to construct a box out of 300 cm2 of material to build a box with a square base and no top so
she could store small articles in it. Determine the dimensions of the box that will give the maximum
volume.

Part Statement
Given Surface area is 300 cm2. Volume to be maximized.
Asked 𝑉𝑉 =?
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑤𝑤 2 ℎ
Constraint: 300 = 𝑤𝑤 2 + 4𝑤𝑤ℎ
Solution 300−𝑤𝑤 2
Solve for h: ℎ =
4𝑤𝑤

Substitute into the optimization equation: 𝑉𝑉 =

300−𝑤𝑤 2
𝑤𝑤 2 � �
4𝑤𝑤
300−𝑤𝑤 2 𝑤𝑤 3
Multiply by 𝑤𝑤 2 : 𝑉𝑉 = 75𝑤𝑤 −
4𝑤𝑤 4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 3𝑤𝑤 2
Get the derivative with respect to w: = 75 −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 4
3𝑤𝑤 2
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 75 −
4
3𝑤𝑤 2 3𝑤𝑤 2
Add to both sides: = 75
4 4
4
Multiply both sides by : 𝑤𝑤 2 = 100
3

Get the square root of both sides. Only the positive

answer should be considered as there are no negative
lengths: 𝑤𝑤 = 10
Let 𝑤𝑤 = 10 in the constraint: 300 = (10)2 + 4(10)ℎ
Square 10 and multiply 4 by 10: 300 = 100 + 40ℎ
Subtract 100 from both sides: 200 = 40ℎ
Divide both sides by 40: ℎ = 5
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑉𝑉 6𝑤𝑤 6(10)
Test if this is a maximum: =− =− =
𝑑𝑑𝑤𝑤 2 4 4
−15, so this is a maximum
Answer The dimensions of the box that will get the largest
volume are a base width of 10 cm and a height of 5 cm
9. For his business, David wants to store his product in cylindrical cans. Each can must be able to hold
4580.44 or 1458𝜋𝜋 cubic centimeters of liquid. Find the dimensions that minimize the cost of the metal to
be used to make each can.

Part Statement
Given Volume is 1458𝜋𝜋 cm3. Cost of metal to be at a
minimum, so surface area is a minimum
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Asked 𝐴𝐴 =?
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝐴𝐴 = 2𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 + 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋ℎ
Constraint: 1458𝜋𝜋 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ
1458
Solution Solve for h: ℎ =
𝑟𝑟 2

Substitute into optimization equation: 𝐴𝐴 = 2𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 +

1458
2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 � �
𝑟𝑟 2
1458 2916𝜋𝜋
Multiply by 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋: 𝐴𝐴 = 2𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 +
𝑟𝑟 2 𝑟𝑟

Get the derivative of both sides with respect to r:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2916𝜋𝜋
= 4𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 − 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑟𝑟
2916𝜋𝜋
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 4𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 −
𝑟𝑟 2
2 3
Multiply both sides by 𝑟𝑟 : 0 = 4𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 − 2916𝜋𝜋
Add 2916𝜋𝜋 to both sides: 2916𝜋𝜋 = 4𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 3
Divide both sides by 4𝜋𝜋: 729 = 𝑟𝑟 3
Get the cube roots of both sides: 𝑟𝑟 = 9
1458
Let 𝑟𝑟 = 9 in the constraint: ℎ =
92
1458
Square 9: ℎ =
81

Divide 1458 by 81: ℎ = 18

𝑑𝑑 2 𝐴𝐴 5832𝜋𝜋
Test if this is a maximum: = 4𝜋𝜋 + = 4𝜋𝜋 +
𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟 2 𝑟𝑟 3
5832𝜋𝜋
= 4𝜋𝜋 + 8𝜋𝜋 = 12𝜋𝜋, so this is a minimum.
729

Answer The radius of the can should be 9 cm (with its

diameter therefore being equal to 18 cm) and the
height of the can should be 18 cm.
10. Eri is to make an open box from 24 cm square cardboard by cutting equal squares out of the corners.
Find the dimensions of the box that will give her the maximum volume.

Part Statement
Given Dimensions of cardboard are 24 cm by 24 cm. Cut
equal squares out of the corners. Volume to be
maximized.
Asked 𝑉𝑉 =?
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑤𝑤 2 ℎ
Constraint: 𝑤𝑤 = 𝑙𝑙 = 24 − 2𝑥𝑥 and ℎ = 𝑥𝑥
Solution Substitute constraints into the optimization equation:
𝑉𝑉 = (24 − 2𝑥𝑥)2 𝑥𝑥
Square (24 − 2𝑥𝑥): 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑥𝑥(576 − 96𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑥𝑥 2 )
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Multiply (576 − 96𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑥𝑥 2 ) by x: 𝑉𝑉 = 576𝑥𝑥 −

96𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 3
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Get the derivative with respect to x: = 576 −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
192𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑥𝑥 2
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 576 − 192𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑥𝑥 2
Divide both sides by 12: 0 = 48 − 16𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 2
Factor the right-hand side: 0 = (12 − 𝑥𝑥)(4 − 𝑥𝑥)
Solve for x: 𝑥𝑥 = 4 or 𝑥𝑥 = 12
Test each one in the optimization equation: 𝑉𝑉 =
2
�24 − 2(12)� (12) = (0)(12) = 0, so 12 is not a
valid answer in this case, which means 4 is the valid
answer.
Let 𝑥𝑥 = 4 in the constraint: 𝑤𝑤 = 24 − 2(4) and ℎ = 4
Multiply 4 by -2: 𝑤𝑤 = 24 − 8
Subtract 8 from 24: 𝑤𝑤 = 16
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑉𝑉
Test if 𝑥𝑥 = 4 is a maximum: = −192 + 24𝑥𝑥 =
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2
−192 + 24(4) = −192 + 96 = −96, so this is a
maximum
Answer The dimensions of the box that will give her the
maximum volume are a base width of 16 cm and a
height of 4 cm
11. Fabio is to build an open box with a rectangular piece of cardboard that is 24 cm by 45 cm by cutting
equal squares out of the corners then folding up the sides. Determine the height of the box that will give
him the maximum volume.

Part Statement
Given Dimensions of cardboard are 24 cm by 45 cm. Cut
equal squares out of the corners. Volume to be
maximized.
Asked 𝑉𝑉 =?
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑙𝑙𝑙𝑙ℎ
Constraint: 𝑙𝑙 = 45 − 2𝑥𝑥, 𝑤𝑤 = 24 − 2𝑥𝑥 and ℎ = 𝑥𝑥
Solution Substitute constraints into the optimization equation:
𝑉𝑉 = (24 − 2𝑥𝑥)(45 − 2𝑥𝑥)𝑥𝑥
Multiply (24 − 2𝑥𝑥) by (45 − 2𝑥𝑥): 𝑉𝑉 = 𝑥𝑥(1080 −
−138𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑥𝑥 2 )
Multiply (1080 − 138𝑥𝑥 + 4𝑥𝑥 2 ) by x: 𝑉𝑉 = 1080𝑥𝑥 −
138𝑥𝑥 2 + 4𝑥𝑥 3
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Get the derivative with respect to x: = 1080 −
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
276𝑥𝑥 + 12𝑥𝑥 2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 1080 − 276𝑥𝑥 +

12𝑥𝑥 2
Divide both sides by 12: 0 = 90 − 23𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 2
Factor the right-hand side: 0 = (18 − 𝑥𝑥)(5 − 𝑥𝑥)
Solve for x: 𝑥𝑥 = 5 or 𝑥𝑥 = 18
18 cannot be a valid length as it is more than half of
24, so let 𝑥𝑥 = 5 in the constraint: 𝑤𝑤 = 24 − 2(5), 𝑙𝑙 =
45 − 2(5) and ℎ = 5
Multiply 5 by -2: 𝑤𝑤 = 24 − 10 and 𝑙𝑙 = 45 − 10
Subtract 10 from 24 and 35: 𝑤𝑤 = 14 and 𝑙𝑙 = 35
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑉𝑉
Test if 𝑥𝑥 = 5 is a maximum: = −23 + 2𝑥𝑥 =
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2
−23 + 2(5) = −23 + 10 = −13, so this is a
maximum
Answer He will get the maximum dimensions if he cuts 5 cm
squares from the corners.

TWO 2D SHAPES

12. Find the area of the largest rectangle that can be inscribed in a circle with a radius of 8 cm.

Note: Here, we use the circle as a conic section to make calculations easier

Part Statement
Given Circle has a radius of 8 cm and area of rectangle to be
maximized
Asked We define two variables 𝑥𝑥 to define half the length
and 𝑦𝑦 to define half the width
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝐴𝐴 = 4𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥
Constraint: 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦 2 = 64
Solution Solve for y: 𝑦𝑦 = ±√64 − 𝑥𝑥 2
We will assume the positive root: 𝐴𝐴 = 4𝑥𝑥√64 − 𝑥𝑥 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Get the derivative with respect to x: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
4𝑥𝑥 2
4√64 − 𝑥𝑥 2 −
�64−𝑥𝑥 2

4𝑥𝑥 2
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 4√64 − 𝑥𝑥 2 −
�64−𝑥𝑥 2

Combine the right-hand side into one fraction: 0 =

4�64−𝑥𝑥 2 �−4𝑥𝑥 2
�64−𝑥𝑥 2

Multiply 64 − 𝑥𝑥 2 by 4 and combine like terms: 0 =

256−8𝑥𝑥 2
�64−𝑥𝑥 2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Find the value that makes the numerator equal to 0:

0 = 256 − 8𝑥𝑥 2
Divide both sides by 8: 0 = 32 − 𝑥𝑥 2
Add 𝑥𝑥 2 to both sides: 𝑥𝑥 2 = 32
Get the square root of both sides: 𝑥𝑥 = 4√2
We’ll use the first derivative test here to see if this is
a maximum. √32 is between 5 and 6, so let 𝑥𝑥 = 5 and
𝑥𝑥 = 6 in the derivative: 𝐴𝐴′ (5) = 4√64 − 25 −
4(25) 4(39)−4(25) 4(14) 56
= = = , while 𝐴𝐴′ (6) =
√64−25 √39 √39 √39
4(36) 4(28)−4(36) 4(−8) 2(−8)
4√64 − 36 − = = = =
√64−36 √28 √28 √7
16
− . We can confirm this is a maximum as the slope
√7
is positive to the left of the critical value (at x = 5) and
negative to the right (at x = 6).
2
Let 𝑥𝑥 = 4√2 = √32 in the constraint: �√32� + 𝑦𝑦 2 =
64
Square √32: 32 + 𝑦𝑦 2 = 64
Subtract 32 from both sides: 𝑦𝑦 2 = 32
Get the square root of both sides: 𝑦𝑦 = √32
Multiply both x and y into the optimization equation
as the area was asked: 𝐴𝐴 = 4�√32√32�
Multiply √32 by √32: 𝐴𝐴 = 4(32)
Multiply 4 by 32: 𝐴𝐴 = 128
Answer The area of the largest rectangle that can be inscribed
in a circle with a radius of 8 cm is 128 𝑐𝑐𝑚𝑚2
13. Gunther wants to construct a window whose middle is a rectangle and the top and bottom of the
window are semi-circles. If he has 62.8 or 20𝜋𝜋 inches of framing material, what are the dimensions of the
window that will let in the greatest amount of light?

Part Statement
Given 20𝜋𝜋 inches of framing material, area to be maximized
Asked 𝐴𝐴 =?
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝐴𝐴 = 2ℎ𝑟𝑟 + 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
Constraint: 20𝜋𝜋 = 2ℎ + 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
Solution Solve for h: ℎ = 10𝜋𝜋 − 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
Substitute into the optimization equation: 𝐴𝐴 =
2(10𝜋𝜋 − 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋)𝑟𝑟 + 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
Multiply (10𝜋𝜋 − 𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋) by 2𝑟𝑟: 𝐴𝐴 = 20𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 − 2𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 + 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
Combine like terms: 𝐴𝐴 = 20𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 − 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Get the derivative with respect to r: = 20𝜋𝜋 − 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 20𝜋𝜋 − 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋

Add 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 to both sides: 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 = 20𝜋𝜋
Divide both sides by 2𝜋𝜋: 𝑟𝑟 = 10
Get the second derivative to see if this is a maximum:
𝑑𝑑 2 𝐴𝐴
= −2𝜋𝜋, so this is indeed a maximum.
𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟 2

Let 𝑟𝑟 = 10 in the constraint. 20𝜋𝜋 = 2ℎ + 2𝜋𝜋(10)

Multiply 2𝜋𝜋 by 10: 20𝜋𝜋 = 2ℎ + 20𝜋𝜋
Subtract 20𝜋𝜋 from both sides: 0 = 2ℎ
Divide both sides by 2: ℎ = 0
Answer The greatest amount of light can enter from him
having a regular circle window with a radius of 10
inches.
14. Heidi has 90 cm of string she plans to cut into two pieces for a project. One piece is to be formed into an
equilateral triangle and one piece is to be bent into a rectangle with the length equal to twice the width.
Determine where, if anywhere, should she cut the string to maximize the area enclosed by the two
figures.

Part Statement
Given 90 cm string to be cut in two. Area to be maximized
Asked Where should Heidi cut the string to maximize the
area enclosed by the two figures, if she should even
cut the string?
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝐴𝐴 = �𝑥𝑥� �𝑥𝑥� + 1 �1 (90 −
6 3 2 3
√3 𝑥𝑥 2 √3
𝑥𝑥)� � (90 − 𝑥𝑥)� = + (90 − 𝑥𝑥)2
6 18 36

Constraint: 90 = 𝑥𝑥 + (90 − 𝑥𝑥)

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Solution Get the derivative of the optimization equation: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑥𝑥 √3
− (90 − 𝑥𝑥)
18 18
𝑥𝑥 √3
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = − (90 − 𝑥𝑥)
2 18
√3 𝑥𝑥 √3𝑥𝑥
Multiply (90 − 𝑥𝑥) by − : 0= − 5√3 +
18 18 18

Multiply both sides by 18: 0 = 𝑥𝑥 − 90√3 + √3𝑥𝑥

Add 10√3 to both sides: 90√3 = 𝑥𝑥 + √3𝑥𝑥
Factor an x from the right-hand side: 90√3 =
�1 + √3�𝑥𝑥
90√3
Divide both sides by 1 + √3: 𝑥𝑥 =
1+√3
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Use the second derivative test to see if this is a

𝑑𝑑 2 𝐴𝐴 1 √3
maximum: = + , but this is positive, so this is
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 18 18
not a maximum.
Test the endpoints and the critical point in the
optimization equation instead, so let 𝑥𝑥 = 0 and 𝑥𝑥 =
0 0
90 in the optimization equation: 𝐴𝐴(0) = � � � � +
6 3
1 1 √3 1
� (90 − 0)� � (90 − 0)� = 0 + [30]�15√3� =
2 3 6 2
90 90
225√3 = 389.71, while 𝐴𝐴(90) = � � � � +
6 3
1 1 √3
� (90 − 90)� � (90 − 90)� = (15)(30) = 450.
2 3 6
When we tested the critical point we found, we got
233.07
Answer She shouldn’t cut the string at all and just create a
rectangle with a width of 15 cm and a length of 30 cm
so she could cover the maximum area.

TWO 3D SHAPES

15. Find the dimensions of the right circular cylinder with the largest possible volume that can be inscribed in
a cone of height of 18 inches and a base radius of 6 inches.

Part Statement
Given Cone has a base radius of 6 inches and a height of 18
inches, volume of inscribed cylinder to be maximized
Asked 𝑉𝑉 =?
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ
Constraint: From the cross-section of the cone, we
have a right triangle with a rectangle in the middle
representing the cross-section of the cylinder. Let 𝑥𝑥
represent the radius of the cylinder and ℎ represent
the height of the cylinder.
We get three usable triangles: One with leg lengths of
18 and 6, one with leg lengths of 𝑥𝑥 and 18 − ℎ, and
one with leg lengths of ℎ and 6 − 𝑥𝑥. We will only use
two of these triangles though, one of these being the
one with known leg lengths.
Solution Solve for h
Use similar triangles on the largest triangle and the
ℎ 6−𝑟𝑟
one with leg lengths ℎ and 6 − 𝑥𝑥: =
18 6

Multiply the left-hand side by 6 and the right-hand side

by 18: 6ℎ = 18(6 − 𝑟𝑟)
Divide both sides by 6: ℎ = 3(6 − 𝑟𝑟)
Multiply (6 − 𝑥𝑥) by 3: ℎ = 18 − 3𝑟𝑟
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Substitute into the optimization equation: 𝑉𝑉 =

𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 (18 − 3𝑟𝑟)
Multiply 18 − 3𝑟𝑟 by 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 : 𝑉𝑉 = 18𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 − 3𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 3
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Differentiate both sides with respect to r: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
36𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 − 9𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
Set derivative equal to 0: 0 = 36𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 − 9𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
Add 9𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 to both sides: 9𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 = 36𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
Divide both sides by 9𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋: 𝑟𝑟 = 4
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑉𝑉
Test if this is a maximum: = 36𝜋𝜋 − 18𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 =
𝑑𝑑𝑟𝑟 2
36𝜋𝜋 − 18𝜋𝜋(4) = 36𝜋𝜋 − 72𝜋𝜋 = −36𝜋𝜋, so this is a
maximum.
Let 𝑟𝑟 = 4 in the constraint: ℎ = 18 − 3(4)
Multiply -3 by 4: ℎ = 18 − 12
Subtract 12 from 18: ℎ = 6
Answer The largest right circular cylinder that can be inscribed
into the cone has a base radius of 4 inches and a
height of 6 inches.
16. A right circular cylinder is inscribed in a sphere of radius 9 cm. Find the dimensions of the cylinder with
the largest volume.

Part Statement
Given Sphere has a radius of 9 cm, volume of cylinder
inscribed to be maximized.
Asked We define two variables 𝑟𝑟 to define the radius of the
cylinder and ℎ to define half the height of the cylinder.
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ
ℎ2
Constraint: 𝑟𝑟 2 + = 81 from the cross section of
4
the sphere.
Solution ℎ2 ℎ2
Subtract from both sides: 𝑟𝑟 2 = 81 −
4 4

Substitute into the optimization equation: 𝑉𝑉 =

ℎ2
𝜋𝜋 �81 − �ℎ
4
ℎ2 𝜋𝜋ℎ3
Multiply 81 − by 𝜋𝜋ℎ: 𝑉𝑉 = 81𝜋𝜋ℎ −
4 4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 3𝜋𝜋ℎ2
Get the derivative of both sides: = 81𝜋𝜋 −
𝑑𝑑ℎ 4
3𝜋𝜋ℎ2
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = 81𝜋𝜋 −
4
3𝜋𝜋ℎ2 3𝜋𝜋ℎ2
Add to both sides: = 81𝜋𝜋
4 4
4
Multiply both sides by : ℎ2 = 108
3𝜋𝜋
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Get the square root of both sides: ℎ = 6√3

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑉𝑉 6𝜋𝜋ℎ 6𝜋𝜋�6√3�
Test if this is a maximum: =− =− =
𝑑𝑑ℎ2 4 4
−9𝜋𝜋√3, so this is a maximum.
2
�6√3�
Let ℎ = 6√3 in the constraint: 𝑟𝑟 2 = 81 −
4
108
Square 6√3: 𝑟𝑟 2 = 81 −
4
2
Divide 108 by 4: 𝑟𝑟 = 81 − 27
Subtract 27 from 81: 𝑟𝑟 2 = 54
Get the square root of both sides: 𝑟𝑟 = 3√6
Answer The radius of that cylinder is 3√6 centimeters and the
height of the cylinder is 6√3 centimeters.

BUSINESS APPLICATIONS
17. An apartment complex that has 200 apartments to rent. If they rent 𝑥𝑥 apartments, then their monthly
profit, in US dollars, is given by: 𝑃𝑃 = −12𝑥𝑥 2 + 3600𝑥𝑥 − 90,000. How many apartments should they rent
in order to maximize their profit?

Part Statement
Given 200 apartments to rent. Profit to be maximized.
Asked Maximum profit
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑃𝑃 = −12𝑥𝑥 2 + 3600𝑥𝑥 −
90000
Constraint: 0 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 200
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Solution Get the derivative of the optimization equation: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
−24𝑥𝑥 + 3600
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = −24𝑥𝑥 + 3600
Add 24x to both sides: 24𝑥𝑥 = 3600
Divide both sides by 24: 𝑥𝑥 = 150
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑃𝑃
Test if this is really a maximum: = −24, so this is
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2
really a maximum.
Answer They should rent only 150 of the houses for a
maximum profit.

18. The total daily profit of a business for the sale of chocolate boxes is given by 𝑃𝑃 = −𝑥𝑥 3 + 20𝑥𝑥 2 + 275𝑥𝑥,
where 0 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 60. Determine the number of orders of chocolate boxes to be produced and sold for the
company to realize a maximum profit.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Part Statement
Given Maximum of 60 chocolate boxes to be produced and
sold. Profit to be maximized.
Asked Maximum profit
Formulas Optimization Equation: 𝑃𝑃 = −𝑥𝑥 3 + 20𝑥𝑥 2 + 275𝑥𝑥
Constraint: 0 ≤ 𝑥𝑥 ≤ 60
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Solution Get the derivative of the optimization equation: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
−3𝑥𝑥 2 + 40𝑥𝑥 + 275
Set the derivative equal to 0: 0 = −3𝑥𝑥 2 + 40𝑥𝑥 + 275
−40±√1600+3300
Use the quadratic formula: 𝑥𝑥 =
2
−40±√4900
Add 3300 to 1600: 𝑥𝑥 =
2
−40±70
Get the square root of 4900: 𝑥𝑥 =
2

When we use -70, we get a negative value, so add 70

30
to -40: 𝑥𝑥 =
2

Divide 30 by 2: 𝑥𝑥 = 15
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑃𝑃
Test if 15 is indeed a maximum: = −6𝑥𝑥 + 40 =
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2
−6(15) + 40 = −90 + 40 = −50, so this is indeed a
maximum.
Answer The company should produce 15 chocolate boxes in
order to gain a maximum profit.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 13 IMPLICIT DIFFERENTIATION

THE CHAIN RULE REVISITED

A function not explicitly defined as 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) is called an implicit function. Major examples of implicit functions are
conic sections, or parts of them anyway. Take, for example, the equation of a circle with radius 5: 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦 2 = 25.
We can solve for 𝑦𝑦 in this one but most functions that require implicit differentiation can’t always be solved for
one of the variables. A famous example of this, as especially on Facebook, is this function: 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = ln 𝑦𝑦.

𝑑𝑑
What do we do in this case? Let’s revisit the chain rule first. The chain rule is 𝑓𝑓�𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = 𝑓𝑓 ′ �𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)�𝑔𝑔′ (𝑥𝑥). We
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑
then let 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥). We can then rewrite the chain rule as 𝑓𝑓(𝑢𝑢) = 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑢𝑢) 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑. What does this have to do with
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
differentiating an implicit function? Remember, 𝑦𝑦 is a function of 𝑥𝑥, so we can differentiate with respect to x, but
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
we have to append a to show we are differentiating with respect to x. We usually solve for in these types of
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
derivatives. We actually saw examples of these in Modules 6 and 8 earlier, specifically the first method which we
described as using the chain rule. This will also apply to higher order derivatives.

EXAMPLES OF IMPLICIT DIFFERENTIATION

Find the derivative of 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦 2 = 25.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦 2 = 25 Given
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2 2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦 =0 Get the derivative of both sides with respect to 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
3 2𝑦𝑦 = −2𝑥𝑥 Subtract 2x from both sides
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥
=−
4 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦 Divide both sides by 2y and then divide 2 by 2
∎
This one will be a very common differentiation to make. Get the derivative of 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = 1

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 1 = 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 Given
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 Differentiate both sides with respect to x using the product
2 0 = 𝑦𝑦 + 𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 rule on the right-hand side

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦
=−
3 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 Subtract 𝑦𝑦 from both sides
∎
Now let’s go to that famous Facebook function. Get the second derivative of 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = ln 𝑦𝑦
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

2
1 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = ln 𝑦𝑦 Given
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2 2𝑥𝑥 + �𝑦𝑦 + 𝑥𝑥 �= Get the derivative of both sides with respect to x
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 1 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 Get the derivative of both sides again with respect to
3 2+� + + 𝑥𝑥 2 � = − 2 � � +
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 x
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 1 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
4 2+2 + 𝑥𝑥 2 = − � � Add to and rearrange the right-hand side
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑦𝑦 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 1 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦

5 𝑥𝑥 2 − = − 2� � −2 −2 Subtract 2, 2 , and from both sides
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2

𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
6 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = � � − 2𝑦𝑦 − 2𝑦𝑦 Multiply both sides by −𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦
7 (1 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥) = � � − 2𝑦𝑦 − 2𝑦𝑦 Factor from the left-hand side
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2

1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑 2 𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 �𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 � − 2𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 − 2𝑦𝑦
=
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 (1 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥)
Divide both sides by 1 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥
8 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦
2 � � − 2𝑦𝑦 2 − 2𝑦𝑦 2 [OPTIONAL] Multiply the right-hand side by
𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑦𝑦
=
𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑥 2 𝑦𝑦(1 − 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥)
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 14 LOGARITHMIC DIFFERENTIATION

ANOTHER APPLICATION OF IMPLICIT DIFFERENTIATION

Taking derivatives of some more complicated functions can be simplified using logarithms. This method is called
logarithmic differentiation. This involves getting the logarithms of both sides and differentiating using implicit
differentiation.

TWO VERY USEFUL EXAMPLES OF LOGARITHMIC DIFFERENTIATON

Find the derivative of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 (a function raised to itself) with respect to x.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢 Given
𝑢𝑢
2 ln 𝑦𝑦 = ln 𝑢𝑢 Get the natural logarithms of both sides

3 ln 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑢𝑢 ln 𝑢𝑢 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑦𝑦 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥
1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
4 =1 + ln 𝑢𝑢 Differentiate both sides with respect to x.
𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
5 = 𝑦𝑦(1 + ln 𝑢𝑢) Multiply both sides by 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝒅𝒅 𝒖𝒖
𝒖𝒖 = 𝒖𝒖𝒖𝒖 (𝟏𝟏 + 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒖𝒖) 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅
6 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Substitute 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑢𝑢𝑢𝑢
∎
Find the derivative of 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑢𝑢𝑣𝑣 (a function raised to another function) with respect to x.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑢𝑢𝑣𝑣 Given

2 ln 𝑦𝑦 = ln 𝑢𝑢𝑣𝑣 Get the natural logarithms of both sides

3 ln 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑣𝑣 ln 𝑢𝑢 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑦𝑦 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥
1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
4 = + ln 𝑢𝑢 Differentiate both sides with respect to x.
𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
5 = 𝑦𝑦 �� � + ln 𝑢𝑢 � Multiply both sides by 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑 𝑣𝑣 𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
6 𝑢𝑢 = 𝑢𝑢𝑣𝑣 �� � + ln 𝑢𝑢 � Substitute 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑢𝑢𝑣𝑣
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝒅𝒅 𝒗𝒗
𝒖𝒖 = 𝒗𝒗𝒖𝒖𝒗𝒗−𝟏𝟏 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 + 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 𝒖𝒖 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 𝑣𝑣 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
7 𝒅𝒅𝒅𝒅 Multiply � � + ln 𝑢𝑢 by 𝑢𝑢𝑣𝑣
𝑢𝑢 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

OTHER EXAMPLES OF LOGARITHMIC DIFFERENTIATION

𝑥𝑥 5
Find the derivative of 𝑦𝑦 =
(1−10𝑥𝑥)�𝑥𝑥 2 +2

No. STATEMENT REASON

5
𝑥𝑥
1 𝑦𝑦 = Given
(1 − 10𝑥𝑥)√𝑥𝑥 2 + 2
𝑥𝑥 5
2 ln 𝑦𝑦 = ln Get the natural logarithms of both sides
(1 − 10𝑥𝑥)√𝑥𝑥 2 + 2

ln 𝑦𝑦 = ln(𝑥𝑥 5 ) − ln �(1 − 10𝑥𝑥)�𝑥𝑥 2 + 2� 𝑥𝑥

log 𝑎𝑎 = log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 − log 𝑎𝑎 𝑦𝑦 and log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥𝑥𝑥 = log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 +
3 𝑦𝑦
ln 𝑦𝑦 = ln(𝑥𝑥 5 ) − ln(1 − 10𝑥𝑥) − ln ��𝑥𝑥 2 + 2� log 𝑎𝑎 𝑦𝑦
1 2 1
1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 5𝑥𝑥 4 −10 (𝑥𝑥 + 2)−2 (2𝑥𝑥)
= 5 − − 2
4 𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 1 − 10𝑥𝑥 1 Differentiate both sides with respect to x
(𝑥𝑥 2 + 2)2
1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 5 10 𝑥𝑥
5 = + − 2 Simplify the right-hand side
𝑦𝑦 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 1 − 10𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 + 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 5 10 𝑥𝑥
6 = 𝑦𝑦 � + − � Multiply both sides by y
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 1 − 10𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 + 2

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 5 5 10 𝑥𝑥
= � + − �
7 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 (1 − 10𝑥𝑥)√𝑥𝑥 2 + 2 𝑥𝑥 1 − 10𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥 2 + 2 From statement 1
∎
4𝑥𝑥
Find the derivative of 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = (3𝑥𝑥 − 7)

From scratch, we can do this:

No. STATEMENT REASON

4𝑥𝑥
1 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = (3𝑥𝑥 − 7) Given

2 ln 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = ln(3𝑥𝑥 − 7)4𝑥𝑥 Get the natural logarithm of both sides

3 ln 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 4𝑥𝑥 ln(3𝑥𝑥 − 7) log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑦𝑦 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥

1 𝑑𝑑 12𝑥𝑥
4 � 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)� = + 4 ln(3𝑥𝑥 − 7) Get the derivatives of both sides
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 3𝑥𝑥 − 7
𝑑𝑑 12𝑥𝑥
5 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) � + 4 ln(3𝑥𝑥 − 7)� Multiply both sides by 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 3𝑥𝑥 − 7

𝑑𝑑 12𝑥𝑥
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = (3𝑥𝑥 − 7)4𝑥𝑥 � + 4 ln(3𝑥𝑥 − 7)�
6 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 3𝑥𝑥 − 7 From statement 1
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 15 RELATED RATES PROBLEMS

INTRODUCTION TO RELATED RATES PROBLEMS

Another application of implicit differentiation is in related rates problems. These involve either decreasing or
increasing rates of change and always involve at least two quantities that change with time. This usually is a
differentiation with respect to time, represented by the variable 𝑡𝑡. They may also involve constraints. One of those
rates can be given: either a rate of change true for a particular interval of time or at a particular instant of time.
The unknown is usually the other rate of change. This commonly requires the knowledge of geometry or
trigonometry. Like in optimization problems, it is highly advisable to make a sketch of the problem.

EXAMPLES OF RELATED RATES PROBLEMS

MOVING LADDER PROBLEMS

1. A ladder 20 meters long is resting against the wall. The bottom is initially 16 meters away from the wall.
Igor starts pushing the ladder towards the wall at a rate of 0.5 m/s. How fast is the top of the ladder
moving up the wall 8 seconds after he starts pushing?

Part Statement
Given Length of ladder 𝑧𝑧 = 20, initial distance of ladder is 16
meters from the wall, time is 8 seconds, and speed of
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
ladder = −0.5 m/s
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Asked Speed of top of ladder’s movement 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 =?

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Formulas Pythagorean Theorem: 400 = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦 2

Solution Distance is rate multiplied by time, so determine x
from that: 𝑥𝑥 = 16 − (0.5)(8) = 16 − 4 = 12
Solve for y first, substituting x with 12: 400 =
(12)2 + 𝑦𝑦 2
400 = 144 + 𝑦𝑦 2
256 = 𝑦𝑦 2
16 = 𝑦𝑦
Differentiate both sides of the equation with respect
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
to t: 0 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Divide both sides by 2: 0 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Substitute 𝑥𝑥 = 12, 𝑦𝑦 = 16, = −0.5: 0 =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
12(−0.5) + 16
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply 12 by -0.5: 0 = −6 + 16
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Add 6 to both sides: 6 = 16
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Divide both sides by 16 and simplify: = 0.375
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Answer The top of the ladder is moving up the wall by 0.375

meters per second 8 seconds after Igor starts pushing.
2. A ladder 13 meters long is resting against a wall. The bottom of the ladder is sliding away from the wall at
a rate of 2 m/s. How fast is the top of the ladder sliding down when it is 5 meters above the ground?

Part Statement
Given Length of ladder 𝑧𝑧 = 13, final distance is 5 meters, and
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
speed of ladder = 2 m/s
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Asked Speed of top of ladder’s movement 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 =?

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Formulas Pythagorean Theorem: 169 = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦 2

Solution Determine y: 169 = 25 + 𝑦𝑦 2
144 = 𝑦𝑦 2
12 = 𝑦𝑦
Differentiate both sides of the equation with respect
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
to t: 0 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Divide both sides by 2: 0 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Substitute 𝑥𝑥 = 5, 𝑦𝑦 = 12, = 2: 0 = 5(2) + 12
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply 2 by 5: 0 = 10 + 12
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Subtract 10 from both sides: −10 = 12
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 5
Divide both sides by 12 and simplify: =−
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 6

Answer The top of the ladder is moving down the wall by 5

6
meters per second when the top of the ladder is 5
meters above the ground.

FILLING AND LEAKING

3. Julia inflates a spherical balloon. Its volume is increasing at a rate of 128𝜋𝜋 cm3/min. Find the rate of change
of the radius of the balloon when the radius is 8 centimeters.

Part Statement
Given Volume increase: 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 128𝜋𝜋, and radius is 8 cm.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Asked Rate of change of radius 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Formulas 4
𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 3
3
Solution Get the derivative of volume with respect to time:
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 4𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Let 𝑟𝑟 = 8 and = 128𝜋𝜋: 128𝜋𝜋 = 4𝜋𝜋(8)2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Square 8: 128𝜋𝜋 = 4𝜋𝜋(64)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply 64 by 4: 128𝜋𝜋 = 256𝜋𝜋
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
Divide both sides by 256𝜋𝜋: = = 0.5
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2

Answer The radius of the balloon is increasing by 0.5 cm/min

at the time she inflates the balloon to have a radius of
8 cm.
4. Water from a busted tank is radiating outward in the form of a circular puddle. If the radius of the circle
10
is increasing at a rate of meters per minute, how fast is the area of the puddle growing at the instant
𝜋𝜋
when the radius is 90 m.

Part Statement
Given Radius increase: 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 10 meters per minute.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝜋𝜋

Asked Area increase 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 =?

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Formulas 𝐴𝐴 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
Solution Get the derivative of the area with respect to time:
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 10 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 10
Let = : = 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 � �
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝜋𝜋 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝜋𝜋
10 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply 2𝜋𝜋𝜋𝜋 by : = 20𝑟𝑟
𝜋𝜋 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Let 𝑟𝑟 = 90 and multiply 20 by 90: = 1800
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Answer The area of the puddle is growing at a rate of 1800

m2/min at that instant.
5. A tank in the shape of an inverted right circular cone 6 meters high with a radius of 2 meters at the top is
being filled with water at a constant rate of 0.5 cubic meters per second. How fast is the radius of the top
of the water changing when the water is 3 meters deep?

Part Statement
Given Volume increase: 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 = 0.5 𝑚𝑚3. Height is at 1 m.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑠𝑠

Asked Radius increase 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 =?

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Formulas 1
𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 ℎ
3
ℎ 6
Solution Use similar triangles to solve for h: = =3
𝑟𝑟 2

Multiply both sides by r: ℎ = 3𝑟𝑟

1
Substitute into the formula: 𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2 (3𝑟𝑟)
3

Multiply all terms together: 𝑉𝑉 = 𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 3

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Get the derivative of both sides with respect to t:

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 3𝜋𝜋𝑟𝑟 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Determine from similar triangles the radius, letting

3 6
ℎ = 3: = , 𝑟𝑟 = 1
𝑟𝑟 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Let 𝑟𝑟 = 1 and = 0.5 in the derivative: 0.5 =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
3𝜋𝜋(1)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Square 1: 0.5 = 3𝜋𝜋
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 0.5 1
Divide both sides by 3𝜋𝜋 and simplify: = =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 3𝜋𝜋 6𝜋𝜋

Answer The radius of the top of the water is changing by 1

6𝜋𝜋
meters per second at the instant the water is 3
meters deep.

APPROACHING A POLE PROBLEMS

6. Katie is walking towards the foot of a flagpole 21 meters high at a rate of 5.8 meters per minute. At what
rate is she approaching the top of the flagpole when she is 20 meters from its foot? (Disregard her height)

Part Statement
Given Height of flagpole is 21 meters. Let x represent Katie’s
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
distance from the foot of the pole, rate = 5.8
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
meters per minute.
Asked Let K represent Katie’s distance from the top of the
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
pole. We are asked to find
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Formulas 𝐾𝐾 = 𝑥𝑥 2 + 𝑦𝑦 2
2

Solution Establish the knowns and unknowns: 𝑥𝑥 = 20 𝑚𝑚, 𝑦𝑦 =

21 𝑚𝑚, 𝐾𝐾 2 = 202 + 212 = 841 so 𝐾𝐾 = 29. We then
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑚𝑚 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
have = −5.8 and = 0.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑠𝑠 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Differentiate the formula: 2𝐾𝐾 = 2𝑥𝑥 + 2𝑦𝑦
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Substitute 𝐾𝐾 = 29, 𝑥𝑥 = 20, 𝑦𝑦 = 21, = −5.8, =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝐾𝐾
0: 2(29) = 2(20)(−5.8) + 2(21)(0)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply all terms: 58 = 232
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Divide both sides by 58: =4
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Answer She is approaching the top of the flagpole at a rate of

4 meters per minute.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

SHADOW PROBLEMS
7. Lars, a 175 cm male, is walking away from a street light 625 cm high at a rate of 90 cm per second. Find
the rate at which (a) the length of his shadow is changing, and (b) the tip of his shadow is changing.

Part Statement
Given Lars is 175 cm tall, he is walking away from a 6.25 m
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
or 625 cm high street light at a rate of = 0.9 m/s or
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
90 cm/s.
Asked How fast is the length of his shadow 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 changing? How
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
fast is the tip of his shadow changing?
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Formulas Let s represent his shadow and x the distance

𝑠𝑠 𝑥𝑥+𝑠𝑠
between him and the pole: = . Then let L
175 625
represent the combined length of his shadow and the
distance between him and the pole.
𝑠𝑠 𝑥𝑥+𝑠𝑠
Solution By similar triangles: =
175 625

Cross-multiply: 625𝐿𝐿 = 175𝑥𝑥 + 175𝑠𝑠

Subtract 175s from both sides: 450𝑠𝑠 = 175𝑥𝑥
7
Divide both sides by 450 and simplify: 𝑠𝑠 = 𝑥𝑥
18
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 7 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Differentiate both sides with respect to t: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 18 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 7
Let = 90: = (90)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 18
7 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply 90 by : = 35
18 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

For the tip, simply add 𝑥𝑥 to 𝑠𝑠: 𝐿𝐿 = 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑠𝑠

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Differentiate both sides with respect to t: = +
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Substitute = 90 and = 35 and add together:
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
= 90 + 35 = 125
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Answer The length of his shadow is changing at a rate of 35

centimeters per second, while the tip of his shadow is
changing at a rate of 125 centimeters per second.
8. Margo, who is 1.5 m tall, is walking away from a street light 5.1 m high at a rate of 1.2 m/s. Her friend
Nathan, who is with her at the light and is 1.7 m tall, also walks away from the same street light. How fast
must he walk so that the length of his shadow changes at the same rate as hers?

Part Statement
Given Margo is 1.5 m tall. She is walking away from a street
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
light 5.1 m high at a rate of = 1.2 m/s. Nathan is
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
1.7 m tall. He walks away from that same street light.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Asked How fast must Nathan walk (𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑) such that the length
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
of his shadow changes at the same rate as Margo’s?
Formulas Let s represent the shadows, M the distance between
Margo and the pole and N the distance between
𝑠𝑠 𝑀𝑀+𝑠𝑠
Nathan and the pole. = is the equation to
1.5 5.1
𝑠𝑠 (𝑁𝑁+𝑠𝑠)
represent Margo, and = to represent Nathan.
1.7 5.1

Solution Solve for the rate at which Margo’s shadow changes

𝑠𝑠 𝑀𝑀+𝑠𝑠
first: =
1.5 5.1

Cross-multiply: 5.1𝑠𝑠 = 1.5𝑀𝑀 + 1.5𝑠𝑠

Subtract 1.5s from both sides: 3.6𝑠𝑠 = 1.5𝑀𝑀
5
Divide both sides by 3.6: 𝑠𝑠 = 𝑀𝑀
12
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 5 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Differentiate both sides with respect to t: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 12 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 5
Let = 1.2: = (1.2)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 12
5 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply 1.2 by : = 0.5 m/s
12 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Now that we know the rate at which the length of her

shadow changes, let us solve for Nathan’s walking
speed so that the rate at which the length of his
𝑠𝑠 𝑁𝑁+𝑠𝑠
shadow changes matches hers: =
1.7 5.1

Cross-multiply: 5.1𝑠𝑠 = 1.7𝑁𝑁 + 1.7𝑠𝑠

Subtract 1.7s from both sides: 3.4𝑠𝑠 = 1.7𝑁𝑁
1
Divide both sides by 3.4: 𝑠𝑠 = 𝑁𝑁
2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Differentiate both sides with respect to t: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
We already know = 0.5 = 0.5 =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply both sides by 2: =1
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Answer Nathan must walk at 1 m/s so the length of his

shadow changes at the same rate as Margo’s.
9. A spot light is on the ground 15 m away from a wall and Oscar, who is 1.8 m tall, is walking towards the
wall at a rate of 0.75 m/s. How fast is the height of his shadow changing when he is 9 m away from the
spotlight?

Part Statement
Given Oscar is 1.8 m tall. A spotlight is 15 m away from a
wall and he is walking towards that wall at a rate of
0.75 m/s. He is currently 9 m away from the spotlight.
Asked How fast is the height of his shadow changing when he
is 9 m away from the spotlight?
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Formulas By similar triangles, where we let 𝑥𝑥 represent his

distance from the spotlight and 𝑦𝑦 represent the height
of his shadow.
𝑦𝑦 15
Solution By similar triangles: =
1.8 𝑥𝑥
27
Multiply both sides by 1.8: 𝑦𝑦 =
𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 27 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Differentiate both sides with respect to t: =−
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 27
Let 𝑥𝑥 = 9 and = 0.75: =− (0.75)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 92
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1
Square 9 and simplify: = − (0.75)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 3
1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply 0.75 by − : = −0.25
3 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Answer His shadow is decreasing at a rate of 0.25 m/s when

he is 9 m away from the spotlight.
10. Suppose we have that same spotlight, still at the same distance. Polly, who is 1.6 m tall is walking away
from the wall at a rate of 0.8 m/s. How fast is the height of her shadow changing when she is 4 m from
the spotlight?

Part Statement
Given Polly is 1.6 m tall. A spotlight is 15 m away from a wall
and she is walking away from that wall at a rate of 0.8
m/s. She is currently 4 m away from the spotlight.
Asked How fast is the height of his shadow changing when he
is 4 m away from the spotlight?
Formulas By similar triangles, where we let 𝑥𝑥 represent her
distance from the spotlight and 𝑦𝑦 represent the height
of her shadow.
𝑦𝑦 15
Solution By similar triangles: =
1.6 𝑥𝑥
24
Multiply both sides by 1.6: 𝑦𝑦 =
𝑥𝑥
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 24 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Differentiate both sides with respect to t: =−
𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑡 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 24
Let 𝑥𝑥 = 4 and = −0.8: =− (−0.8)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 42
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 3
Square 4 and simplify: = − (−0.8)
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
1 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Multiply -0.8 by − : = 1.2
3 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Answer Her shadow is increasing at a rate of 1.2 m/s when she

is 4 m away from the spotlight.
11. Quan, who is 2 m tall, walks at a rate of 1 m/s towards a streetlight 7 m high. Rosa, his 1.6 m tall friend,
walks behind him at the same speed, but she is 2 m behind him. At times, Quan causes the shadow
behind Rosa, and at other times, she is the one causing the shadow. (a) Suppose Quan is 30 m from the
streetlight, show that his shadow extends beyond Rosa’s shadow. (b) Suppose Rosa is 22 m from the
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

streetlight, show that her shadow extends beyond Quan’s shadow. (c) Determine the distance d from
Quan to the streetlight at which the tips of the two shadows are exactly the same distance from the
streetlight.

Part Statement
Given Quan is 2 m tall (𝑦𝑦𝑄𝑄 ). Rosa is 1.6 m tall (𝑦𝑦𝑅𝑅 ). The
streetlight is 7 m high (𝑦𝑦𝑆𝑆 ).
(a) The streetlight is at the origin, Quan is 30 m
from the streetlight, and Rosa is 32 m from
the streetlight.
(b) The streetlight is at the origin, Quan is 20 m
from the streetlight, and Rosa is 22 m from
the streetlight.
(c) The streetlight is at the origin, Quan is 𝑑𝑑 m
away and Rosa is (𝑑𝑑 + 2) m away.
Asked (a) Show that Quan’s shadow extends beyond
Rosa’s shadow.
(b) Show that Rosa’s shadow extends beyond
Quan’s shadow.
(c) Find the distance 𝑑𝑑 from Quan to the
streetlight at which the tips of the two
shadows are exactly the same distance from
the streetlight.
Formulas Let 𝑥𝑥𝑆𝑆 define the streetlight’s 𝑥𝑥 coordinate, 𝑥𝑥𝑄𝑄
represent Quan’s position, and 𝑥𝑥𝑅𝑅 represent Rosa’s
position.
Δ𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦2 − 𝑦𝑦1
𝑚𝑚 = =
Δ𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥2 − 𝑥𝑥1
𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝑦1 = 𝑚𝑚(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥1 )
Solution (a) Slope to find where Quan’s shadow would
𝑦𝑦 −𝑦𝑦
be: 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑄𝑄 𝑆𝑆
𝑥𝑥𝑄𝑄 −𝑥𝑥𝑆𝑆
Substitute 𝑦𝑦𝑄𝑄 = 2, 𝑦𝑦𝑆𝑆 = 7, 𝑥𝑥𝑄𝑄 = 30, 𝑥𝑥𝑆𝑆 = 0:
2−7
𝑚𝑚 =
30−0
Subtract 7 from 2 and 0 from 30 and simplify:
1
𝑚𝑚 = −
6
1
Point-slope form of a line: 𝑦𝑦 − 7 = − 𝑥𝑥
6
1
Add 7 to both sides: 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 + 7
6
Substitute 𝑥𝑥 with 32 (Rosa’s distance), then
16
multiply and simplify: 𝑦𝑦 = − + 7
3
16 5
Add 7 to − : 𝑦𝑦 = = 1. 6
3 3
Compare to Rosa’s height: 1. 6 > 1.6
(b) Slope to find where Quan’s shadow would
𝑦𝑦 −𝑦𝑦
be: 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑄𝑄 𝑆𝑆
𝑥𝑥𝑄𝑄 −𝑥𝑥𝑆𝑆
Substitute 𝑦𝑦𝑄𝑄 = 2, 𝑦𝑦𝑆𝑆 = 7, 𝑥𝑥𝑄𝑄 = 20, 𝑥𝑥𝑆𝑆 = 0:
2−7
𝑚𝑚 =
20−0
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Subtract 7 from 2 and 0 from 30 and simplify:

1
𝑚𝑚 = −
4
1
Point-slope form of a line: 𝑦𝑦 − 7 = − 𝑥𝑥
4
1
Add 7 to both sides: 𝑦𝑦 = − 𝑥𝑥 + 7
4
Substitute 𝑥𝑥 with 22 (Rosa’s distance), then
11
multiply and simplify: 𝑦𝑦 = − + 7
2
11 3
Add 7 to − : 𝑦𝑦 = = 1.5
2 2
Compare to Rosa’s height: 1.5 < 1.6
(c) For the three points to be collinear, the
𝑦𝑦 −𝑦𝑦 𝑦𝑦 −𝑦𝑦
slopes must be the same: 𝑄𝑄 𝑆𝑆 = 𝑅𝑅 𝑄𝑄
𝑥𝑥𝑄𝑄 −𝑥𝑥𝑆𝑆 𝑥𝑥𝑅𝑅 −𝑥𝑥𝑄𝑄
Substitute 𝑥𝑥𝑆𝑆 = 0, 𝑥𝑥𝑄𝑄 = 𝑑𝑑, 𝑥𝑥𝑅𝑅 = 𝑑𝑑 + 2, 𝑦𝑦𝑆𝑆 =
−5 −0.4
7, 𝑦𝑦𝑄𝑄 = 2, 𝑦𝑦𝑅𝑅 = 1.6 and simplify: =
𝑑𝑑 2
Divide -0.4 by 2 and divide both sides by -1:
5
= 0.2
𝑑𝑑
25
Multiply both sides by 5: =1
𝑑𝑑
Multiply both sides by 𝑑𝑑: 𝑑𝑑 = 25
Answer (a) Since 1. 6 > 1.6, Quan’s shadow extends
beyond Rosa’s shadow.
(b) Since 1.5 < 1.6, Rosa’s shadow extends
beyond Quan’s shadow.
(c) The tips of both their shadows are exactly
the same distance from the streetlight when
Quan is 25 m from the streetlight.

SIMULTANEOUS MOVING OBJECTS PROBLEMS

12. Sonia and Tomas start moving from a certain point. Tomas begins walking east at a rate of 0.2 m/s. 4
seconds after Tomas starts walking, Sonia walks north at a rate of 0.3 m/s. At what rate is the distance
between them increasing 4 seconds after Sonia starts walking?

Part Statement
Given Sonia and Tomas start moving from a certain point.
Sonia starts walking 4 seconds after Tomas begins
walking. Tomas walks at a rate of 0.2 m/s while Sonia
walks at a rate of 0.3 m/s.
Asked At what rate is the distance between them 4 seconds
after Sonia starts walking?
Formulas 𝑧𝑧 2 = 𝑆𝑆 2 + 𝑇𝑇 2
Let 𝑆𝑆 be Sonia’s distance from the initial point, 𝑇𝑇 be
Tomas’ distance from the initial point, and 𝑧𝑧 be the
distance between the two.
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Solution Differentiate both sides with respect to time: 2𝑧𝑧 =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
2𝑆𝑆 + 2𝑇𝑇
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑆𝑆 +𝑇𝑇
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Divide both sides by 2𝑧𝑧: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑧𝑧

Tomas will have already walked for 8 seconds after

Sonia has walked for 4 seconds: 𝑇𝑇 = (0.2)(8) = 1.6,
𝑆𝑆 = (0.3)(4) = 1.2
By Pythagorean Theorem: 𝑧𝑧 = �(1.2)2 + (1.6)2 =
√1.44 + 2.56 = √4 = 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Substitute 𝑆𝑆 = 1.2, = 0.3, 𝑇𝑇 = 1.6, = 0.2, 𝑧𝑧 = 2:
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 1.2(0.3)+1.6(0.2)
=
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 0.36+0.32
Multiply 1.2 by 0.3 and 1.6 by 0.2: =
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑 2
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑
Add 0.36 to 0.32 and divide by 2: = 0.34
𝑑𝑑𝑑𝑑

Answer The distance between them is increasing by 0.34 m/s

after Sonia has walked for 4 seconds.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 16 L’HÔPITAL’S RULE

WHAT IS L’HÔPITAL’S RULE?

Another useful application of derivatives is in dealing with indeterminate forms. We last dealt with indeterminate
forms back in limits, right? We can also apply derivative rules to determine limits of such functions. This is called
L’Hôpital’s Rule, which can help us calculate such limits. This rule is as follows:

𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎) 0 ∞ 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥)

If = or , then lim = lim ′
𝑔𝑔(𝑎𝑎) 0 ∞ 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑔𝑔 (𝑥𝑥)

EXAMPLES OF USING L’HÔPITAL’S RULE USING THE FIRST TWO INDETERMINATE FORMS
Find

27𝑥𝑥 − 81
lim
𝑥𝑥→3 𝑥𝑥 3 − 27

0
If we substitute 3 into the function, we get the indeterminate form
0

No. STATEMENT REASON

27𝑥𝑥 − 81 27𝑥𝑥 − 81
1 lim = lim 3 Given
𝑥𝑥→3 𝑥𝑥 3 − 27 𝑥𝑥→3 𝑥𝑥 − 27

27(3) − 81 0
2 = Substitute 3 into the function. We get an indeterminate form.
(3)3 − 27 0
27𝑥𝑥 − 81 27
3 lim = lim 2 Get the derivative of both the numerator and the denominator.
𝑥𝑥→3 𝑥𝑥 3 − 27 𝑥𝑥→3 3𝑥𝑥

27𝑥𝑥 − 81 27
4 lim = Get the limits of both the numerator and denominator
𝑥𝑥→3 𝑥𝑥 3 − 27 3(3)2
27𝑥𝑥 − 81 27
5 lim = Square 3 and multiply the result by 3
𝑥𝑥→3 𝑥𝑥 3 − 27 27

𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 − 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖
𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 = 𝟏𝟏
6 𝒙𝒙→𝟑𝟑 𝒙𝒙𝟑𝟑 − 𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐 Divide 27 by 27
∎
Find

ln(2𝑥𝑥)
lim
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥 2

No. STATEMENT REASON

ln(2𝑥𝑥) ln(2𝑥𝑥)
1 lim 2
= lim Given
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥 𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥 2
ln(2 ⋅ +∞) +∞ Substitute +∞ into the function. We get an indeterminate
2 =
(+∞)2 +∞ form.
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1
ln(2𝑥𝑥) 𝑥𝑥
3 lim = lim Get the derivative of both the numerator and the denominator.
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥→+∞ 2𝑥𝑥

ln(2𝑥𝑥) 1
4 lim = lim Simplify the right-hand side
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥 2 𝑥𝑥→+∞ 2𝑥𝑥 2

ln(2𝑥𝑥) 1
5 lim = Let x reach +∞
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥 2 2(+∞)2

𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥(𝟐𝟐𝟐𝟐)
𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 = 𝟎𝟎 1
6 𝒙𝒙→+∞ 𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 =0
∞
∎

DEALING WITH FIVE OTHER INDETERMINATE FORMS

0 ±∞
and are not the only two indeterminate forms. The other five are:
0 ±∞

0 ⋅ (±∞), 1±∞ , (±∞)0 , ∞ − ∞, 00

𝟎𝟎 ±∞
Form Conditions Transformation to Transformation to
𝟎𝟎 ±∞

0 ⋅ (±∞) lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 0 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)

𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 lim [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ⋅ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim lim [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) ⋅ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 1 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 1
lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = ±∞ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎

∞−∞ lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = ±∞ 1 1 e𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)

𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 lim [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = lim � − � lim [𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)] = ln �lim �
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 e 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = ±∞ 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) − 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 = lim � �
(both must be 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
1 1
the same sign) −
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
= lim � �
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 1
𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
00 lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 0+ lim
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
1 lim
ln 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
1
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = e ln 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = e 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 0 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎

1±∞ lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 1 lim

ln 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
1 lim
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
1
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = e 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = e ln 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = ±∞ 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎

(±∞)0 lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = ±∞ lim

𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
1 lim
ln 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥)
1
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) =e ln 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) lim 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) =e 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥)
lim 𝑔𝑔(𝑥𝑥) = 0 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎
𝑥𝑥→𝑎𝑎

EXAMPLES USING OTHER INDETERMINATE FORMS

Evaluate:

e
lim �𝑥𝑥 2 ln �1 − ��
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

e
1 lim �𝑥𝑥 2 ln �1 − �� Given
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥

e Let x reach infinity. We have an indeterminate room where

2 lim �𝑥𝑥 2 ln �1 − �� = 0 ⋅ +∞ L’Hôpital’s Rule cannot be applied, so we must somehow
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥
convert this form.
e
�1 − �
lim � −2 �𝑥𝑥 0 ±∞
3 𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥 Rewrite such that we get a or a
0 ±∞

−e𝑥𝑥 −2
4 lim � � Get the derivative of the numerator and the denominator
𝑥𝑥→+∞ −2𝑥𝑥 −3

e𝑥𝑥
5 lim � � Simplify
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 2

𝐞𝐞
𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 �𝒙𝒙𝟐𝟐 𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 �𝟏𝟏 − �� = +∞
6 𝒙𝒙→+∞ 𝒙𝒙 Allow x to approach +∞
∎
Evaluate:

1
lim+[cos(2𝑥𝑥)]𝑥𝑥2
𝑥𝑥→0

No. STATEMENT REASON

1
1 lim [cos(2𝑥𝑥)]𝑥𝑥2 Given
𝑥𝑥→0+

1 Let x reach infinity. We have an indeterminate room where

2 lim+[cos(2𝑥𝑥)]𝑥𝑥2 = 1+∞ L’Hôpital’s Rule cannot be applied, so we must somehow
𝑥𝑥→0
convert this form.
1
3 𝑦𝑦 = [cos(2𝑥𝑥)]𝑥𝑥2 Define y to be the given function
1
4 ln 𝑦𝑦 = ln[cos(2𝑥𝑥)]𝑥𝑥2 Get the natural logarithm of both sides.
ln[cos(2𝑥𝑥)]
5 ln 𝑦𝑦 = log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑦𝑦 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥 2
ln[cos(2𝑥𝑥)] 0 Get the limit of both sides as x approaches 0 from the right.
6 lim ln 𝑦𝑦 = lim+ =
𝑥𝑥→0+ 𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥 2 0 We can now use L’Hôpital’s Rule.
2 sin(2𝑥𝑥)
−
7 cos(2𝑥𝑥) Get the derivative of the numerator and denominator
lim+ ln 𝑦𝑦 = lim+
𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥→0 2𝑥𝑥
− tan(2𝑥𝑥) 0 sin(𝑥𝑥)
8 lim ln 𝑦𝑦 = lim+ = = tan(𝑥𝑥). Indeterminate form again.
𝑥𝑥→0+ 𝑥𝑥→0 𝑥𝑥 0 cos(𝑥𝑥)
2 (2𝑥𝑥)
−2 sec
9 lim ln 𝑦𝑦 = lim+ = −2 Use L’Hôpital’s Rule a second time.
𝑥𝑥→0+ 𝑥𝑥→0 1

10 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑒𝑒 ln 𝑦𝑦 Inverse functions
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

1
lim+[cos(2𝑥𝑥)]𝑥𝑥2 = e−2 Use statement 3 on the left-hand side and statement 9 on the
11 𝑥𝑥→0 right-hand side, then get the limits of both sides.
1 1
lim+[cos(2𝑥𝑥)]𝑥𝑥2 =
12 𝑥𝑥→0 e2 Rewrite negative exponents
∎
Evaluate:

1
lim [e𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥]𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥→+∞

No. STATEMENT REASON

1
1 lim [e𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥]𝑥𝑥 Given
𝑥𝑥→+∞

1 Let x reach infinity. We have an indeterminate room where

2 lim [e𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥]𝑥𝑥 = (+∞)0 L’Hôpital’s Rule cannot be applied, so we must somehow
𝑥𝑥→+∞
convert this form.
1
3 𝑦𝑦 = [e𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥]𝑥𝑥 Define y to be the given function
1
4 ln 𝑦𝑦 = ln[e𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥]𝑥𝑥 Get the natural logarithms of both sides
𝑥𝑥
ln[e + 𝑥𝑥]
5 ln 𝑦𝑦 = log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑦𝑦 log 𝑎𝑎 𝑥𝑥
𝑥𝑥
ln[e𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥] +∞ Get the limit of both sides as x approaches infinity. We can now
6 lim ln 𝑦𝑦 = lim =
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥 +∞ use L’Hôpital’s Rule.
e𝑥𝑥 + 1 +∞ Get the derivatives of both the numerator and denominator.
7 lim ln 𝑦𝑦 = lim =
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥→+∞ e 𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥 +∞ Same indeterminate form.
e𝑥𝑥 +∞
8 lim ln 𝑦𝑦 = lim 𝑥𝑥
= Use L’Hôpital’s Rule a second time. Same indeterminate form
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥→+∞ e + 1 +∞
e𝑥𝑥
9 lim ln 𝑦𝑦 = lim 𝑥𝑥 = 1 Use L’Hôpital’s Rule a third time and simplify.
𝑥𝑥→+∞ 𝑥𝑥→+∞ e

10 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑒𝑒 ln 𝑦𝑦 Inverse functions
1
lim [e𝑥𝑥 + 𝑥𝑥]𝑥𝑥 = e1 Use statement 3 on the left-hand side and statement 9 on the
11 𝑥𝑥→+∞ right-hand side, then get the limits of both sides.
𝟏𝟏
𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥𝐥 [𝐞𝐞𝒙𝒙 + 𝒙𝒙]𝒙𝒙 = 𝐞𝐞
12 𝒙𝒙→+∞ 𝑥𝑥 1 = 𝑥𝑥
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 17 LINEAR APPROXIMATIONS

REVISITING TANGENT LINES

Recall that a tangent line to a function is a line which touches just one point of the function.

Now, recall the point-slope form of a line: 𝑦𝑦 − 𝑦𝑦0 = 𝑚𝑚(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥0 ), where 𝑥𝑥0 is the x-coordinate of the given point
and 𝑦𝑦0 is the y-coordinate of the given point. The slope 𝑚𝑚 is found by substituting 𝑥𝑥0 into the derivative of the
original function.

Let us now redefine the point-slope form of that line by first adding 𝑦𝑦0 to both sides: 𝑦𝑦 = 𝑦𝑦0 + 𝑚𝑚(𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥0 ). Then
let’s redefine 𝑥𝑥0 = 𝑎𝑎, 𝑦𝑦0 = 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎), 𝑚𝑚 = 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑎𝑎), and 𝑦𝑦 = 𝐿𝐿(𝑥𝑥). We now get the equation of a tangent line:

𝐿𝐿(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎) + 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑎𝑎) ⋅ (𝑥𝑥 − 𝑎𝑎)

To approximate the function 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) near 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑎𝑎, we use the tangent line. Such a process is called a linear
approximation.

EXAMPLES OF LINEAR APPROXIMATIONS

Determine the linear approximation for 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = √𝑥𝑥 at 𝑥𝑥 = 9. Use the linear approximation to approximate the
values of √10, √8.41, and √2.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = √𝑥𝑥 Given

2 𝑓𝑓(9) = √9 = 3 Evaluate the function at 𝑥𝑥 = 9

1
3 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥) = Get the derivative of the function
2√𝑥𝑥
1 1
4 𝑓𝑓 ′ (9) = = Evaluate the derivative at 𝑥𝑥 = 9
2√9 6
1 1
5 𝐿𝐿(𝑥𝑥) = 3 + (𝑥𝑥 − 9) Let 𝑎𝑎 = 9, 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎) = 3, and 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑎𝑎) =
6 6
1 3 1
6 𝐿𝐿(𝑥𝑥) = 3 + 𝑥𝑥 − Multiply (𝑥𝑥 − 9) by
6 2 6
1 3 3
7 𝐿𝐿(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 + Subtract from 3
6 2 2
10 3
𝐿𝐿(10) = + = 3.166667
6 2
8.41 3 Substitute 𝑥𝑥 = 10, 𝑥𝑥 = 8.41, and 𝑥𝑥 = 2. We will be comparing
8 𝐿𝐿(8.41) = + = 2.901667
6 2 to 6 decimal places.
2 3
𝐿𝐿(2) = + = 1.833333
6 2
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑳𝑳(𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏) = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 Compare the linear approximations to the actual results. The
𝑳𝑳(𝟖𝟖. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒) = 𝟐𝟐. 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗 linear approximation for 10 differs by about 0.004389 and the
𝑳𝑳(𝟐𝟐) = 𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 linear approximation for 8.41 differs by 0.001667. The linear
9 √𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏𝟏 approximation for 2, however, differs significantly: by 0.419119,
√𝟖𝟖. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 = 𝟐𝟐. 𝟗𝟗 much larger than the other two. Linear approximations are
√𝟐𝟐 = 𝟏𝟏. 𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒𝟒 reasonably accurate if they are close to the number being
∎ approximated but not when they are far.
Here’s a linear approximation that can prove useful in physics. Determine the linear approximation of 𝑓𝑓(𝜃𝜃) =
sin 𝜃𝜃 at 𝜃𝜃 = 0

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝜃𝜃) = sin 𝜃𝜃 Given

2 𝑓𝑓(0) = sin 0 = 0 Evaluate the function at 𝜃𝜃 = 0

′ (𝜃𝜃)
3 𝑓𝑓 = cos 𝜃𝜃 Get the derivative of the function

4 𝑓𝑓 ′ (0) = cos 0 = 1 Evaluate the derivative at 𝜃𝜃 = 0

5 𝐿𝐿(𝜃𝜃) = 0 + 1(𝜃𝜃 − 0) Let 𝑎𝑎 = 0, 𝑓𝑓(𝑎𝑎) = 0, and 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑎𝑎) = 1

6 𝐿𝐿(𝜃𝜃) = 𝜃𝜃 Multiply x by 1.

𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬𝐬 𝜽𝜽 ≈ 𝜽𝜽
7 For very small angles, we can assume sin 𝜃𝜃 ≈ 𝜃𝜃
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

MODULE 18 NEWTON’S METHOD

WHAT IS NEWTON’S METHOD?

Newton’s Method is an application of derivatives which helps approximate the zeros of a function.

If 𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 approximates a solution to 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 0, and if 𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 ) ≠ 0, the next approximation is given by:

𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 )
𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛+1 = 𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 −
𝑓𝑓 ′ (𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 )

Note that for this to apply: We really need to solve for 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 0, and get an initial approximation to the solution.
Two common ways of getting this is to sketch the graph of the function and use that to estimate what we can use
as 𝑥𝑥0 and if we know that there is a solution to a function in an interval, then we can use the midpoint of the
interval as 𝑥𝑥0 .

EXAMPLES OF APPLYING NEWTON’S METHOD

Use Newton’s Method to determine an approximation to the solution to cos 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 that lies in the interval [0,6].
Find the approximation to four decimal places.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 cos 𝑥𝑥 = 𝑥𝑥 Given

2 cos 𝑥𝑥 − 𝑥𝑥 = 0 Subtract x from both sides

cos(𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 ) − 𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 We can now write down the

3 𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛+1 = 𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 − general formula for Newton’s
− sin(𝑥𝑥𝑛𝑛 ) − 1
Method.
cos(3) − 3 Substitute 𝑥𝑥0 = 3, as the
4 𝑥𝑥1 = 3 − = 1.098163943
− sin(3) − 1 midpoint of the interval
cos(1.098163943) − 1.098163943
𝑥𝑥2 = 1.098163943 − = 1.001665753 Repeat until two approximations
− sin(1.098163943) − 1
5 𝑥𝑥3 = 0.999878432 agree to at least four decimal
𝑥𝑥4 = 0.999848258 places.

Use 𝑥𝑥4 as this and the previous

𝒙𝒙 ≈ 𝟎𝟎. 𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗𝟗
6 iteration agree to four decimal
∎ places.

Use Newton’s Method to find all the solutions to 𝑥𝑥 3 − 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 5𝑥𝑥 + 7 = 0, accurate to four decimal places.

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 𝑓𝑓(𝑥𝑥) = 𝑥𝑥 3 − 3𝑥𝑥 2 − 5𝑥𝑥 + 7 Given

Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

A cubic function has at most three

distinct roots. We see that in the graph
2
and we can choose our 𝑥𝑥0 based on this
graph.

(2)3 − 3(2)2 − 5(2) + 7

𝑥𝑥1 = −2 − = −1.842105263
3(2)2 − 6(2) − 5
(1)3 − 3(1)2 − 5 + 7 Let 𝑥𝑥0 = −2, 1, or 4. For 𝑥𝑥0 = 1,the
3 𝑥𝑥1 = 1 − =1 values already agree at 𝑥𝑥0 and 𝑥𝑥1 , so
3(1)2 − 6(1) − 5
(4)3 − 3(4)2 − 5 + 7 we’ve found one exact root.
𝑥𝑥1 = 4 − = 3.842105263
3(4)2 − 6(4) − 5
For 𝑥𝑥0 = −2
Repeat until two approximations agree to
𝑥𝑥2
= −1.842105263 at least four decimal places. For 𝑥𝑥0 = −2,
(−1.842105263)3 − 3(−1.842105263)2 − 5(−1.842105263) + 7 𝑥𝑥3 and 𝑥𝑥4 both agree to seven decimal
−
3(−1.842105263)2 − 6(−1.842105263) − 5 places, which is more than the required
4 = −1.828525238 four decimal places. For 𝑥𝑥0 = 4, 𝑥𝑥3 and
𝑥𝑥3 = −1.828427130 𝑥𝑥4 both agree to seven decimal places,
𝑥𝑥4 = −1.828427125 which is more than the required four
For 𝑥𝑥0 = 4 decimal places
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

No. STATEMENT REASON

𝑥𝑥2
= 3.842105263
(3.842105263)3 − 3(3.842105263)2 − 5(3.842105263) + 7
−
3(3.842105263)2 − 6(3.842105263) − 5
= 3.828525238
𝑥𝑥3 = 3.828427130
𝑥𝑥4 = 3.828427125

𝒙𝒙 = −𝟏𝟏. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 These are the possible roots of the

𝒙𝒙 = 𝟏𝟏 equation. When compared to the graph,
5 𝒙𝒙 = 𝟑𝟑. 𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖𝟖 these are accurate even to nine decimal
∎ places.
Determine a solution for 0 = cos(3𝑥𝑥) − sin(𝑥𝑥) accurate to four decimal places where 𝑥𝑥0 = 0

No. STATEMENT REASON

1 cos(3𝑥𝑥) − sin(𝑥𝑥) = 0 at 𝑥𝑥0 = 0 Given

cos(0) − sin(0)
2 𝑥𝑥1 = 0 − =1 Get 𝑥𝑥1 using the general formula
−3 sin(0) − cos(0)
cos(3) − sin(1)
𝑥𝑥2 = 1 − = −0.900524099
−3 sin(3) − cos(1)
𝑥𝑥3 = −0.716124612 Repeat until two approximations agree to at least four
3 𝑥𝑥4 = −0.778927162 decimal places. 𝑥𝑥6 and 𝑥𝑥7 agree to seven decimal
𝑥𝑥5 = −0.785317660 places, more than the required four places.
𝑥𝑥6 = −0.785398150
𝑥𝑥7 = −0.785398163

𝒙𝒙𝟕𝟕 = −𝟎𝟎. 𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕𝟕

4 Use 𝑥𝑥7
∎
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

REFERENCES

Books and E-books

Herman, E. & Strang, G. (2020). Calculus (Vol. 1). OpenStax. http://cnx.org/content/col11964/1.12

Larson, R. & Edwards, B. (2018). Calculus (11th ed.). Cengage Learning. https://pdf.zlibcdn.com/dtoken/

eea697e8e9318d4317bf64903ba4910f/Calculus_by_Ron_Larson,_Bruce_Edwards)_3403567_(z-lib.org).pdf

Mercado, J. P. & Orines, F. B. (2016). Next century mathematics 11: Basic calculus. Phoenix Publishing House, Inc.

Online Sources

Dawkins, P. (2018, May 30). Business Applications. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/Classes/

CalcI/BusinessApps.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2018, May 30). Derivatives of Hyperbolic Functions. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/

Classes/CalcI/DiffHyperFcns.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2018, May 30). Logarithmic Differentiation. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/

Classes/CalcI/LogDiff.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2018, May 30). Optimization. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/Classes/CalcI/

Optimization.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2018, August 27). Linear Approximations. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/Classes/

CalcI/LinearApproximations.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2018, November 5). L’Hospital’s Rule and Indeterminate Forms. Paul’s Online Notes. https://

tutorial.math.lamar.edu/Classes/CalcI/LHospitalsRule.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2019, January 22). Proof of Various Derivative Properties. Paul’s Online Notes.

https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/Classes/CalcI/DerivativeProofs.aspx
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

Dawkins, P. (2019, February 21). The Mean Value Theorem. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/

Classes/CalcI/MeanValueTheorem.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2019, March 7). Minimum and Maximum Values. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/

Classes/CalcI/MinMaxValues.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2019, May 23). Related Rates. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/Classes/CalcI/

RelatedRates.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2020, May 26). More Optimization. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/Classes/CalcI/

MoreOptimization.aspx

Dawkins, P. (2020, May 26). Newton’s Method. Paul’s Online Notes. https://tutorial.math.lamar.edu/Classes/CalcI/

NewtonsMethod.aspx

Indeterminate form. (2020, December 11). In Wikipedia . https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?

title=Indeterminate_form&oldid=993690078

Inverse hyperbolic functions (2020, December 3). In Wikipedia . https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?

title=Inverse_hyperbolic_functions&oldid=992093638
Prepared by: Nathaniel M. Cabansay, BSCpE

EXTRAS

ABOUT THIS SET OF MODULES

This set of modules deals with derivatives, the second set of Calculus-related topics dealt with in many Calculus
courses, be it in Engineering, Computer Science, Physics, or other courses requiring Calculus. This concept is
needed in further topics such as integrals and differential equations, which will in turn have more applications in
fields such as Engineering, Sciences, Computer Science, and other courses.

SOME QUOTES TO LIVE BY

“Don’t judge the book by its cover, but look inside and discover.” -Lorraine Leigh Lacumba (Former MNL48 Lei)

“Give a man a fish, he will eat for a day. Teach a man to fish, he will eat every day.” – Unknown origin

“It is not of the essence of mathematics to be conversant with the ideas of number and quantity.” – George Boole

“Don’t walk behind me; I may not lead. Don’t walk in front of me; I may not follow. Just walk beside me and be my
friend.” – Albert Camus